Search Results

Search found 3722 results on 149 pages for 'choice'.

Page 149/149 | < Previous Page | 145 146 147 148 149 

  • Cumulative +1/-1 Cointoss crashes on 1000 iterations. Please advise; c++ boost random libraries

    - by user1731972
    following some former advice Multithreaded application, am I doing it right? I think I have a threadsafe number generator using boost, but my program crashes when I input 1000 iterations. The output .csv file when graphed looks right, but I'm not sure why it's crashing. It's using _beginthread, and everyone is telling me I should use the more (convoluted) _beingthreadex, which I'm not familiar with. If someone could recommend an example, I would greatly appreciate it. Also... someone pointed out I should be applying a second parameter to my _beginthread for the array counting start positions, but I have no idea how to pass more than one parameter, other than attempting to use a structure, and I've read structure's and _beginthread don't get along (although, I could just use the boost threads...) #include <process.h> #include <windows.h> #include <iostream> #include <fstream> #include <time.h> #include <random> #include <boost/random.hpp> //for srand48_r(time(NULL), &randBuffer); which doesn't work #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> //#include <thread> using namespace std; using namespace boost; using namespace boost::random; void myThread0 (void *dummy ); void myThread1 (void *dummy ); void myThread2 (void *dummy ); void myThread3 (void *dummy ); //for random seeds void initialize(); //from http://stackoverflow.com/questions/7114043/random-number-generation-in-c11-how-to-generate-how-do-they-work uniform_int_distribution<> two(1,2); typedef std::mt19937 MyRNG; // the Mersenne Twister with a popular choice of parameters uint32_t seed_val; // populate somehow MyRNG rng1; // e.g. keep one global instance (per thread) MyRNG rng2; // e.g. keep one global instance (per thread) MyRNG rng3; // e.g. keep one global instance (per thread) MyRNG rng4; // e.g. keep one global instance (per thread) //only needed for shared variables //CRITICAL_SECTION cs1,cs2,cs3,cs4; // global int main() { ofstream myfile; myfile.open ("coinToss.csv"); int rNum; long numRuns; long count = 0; int divisor = 1; float fHolder = 0; long counter = 0; float percent = 0.0; //? //unsigned threadID; //HANDLE hThread; initialize(); HANDLE hThread[4]; const int size = 100000; int array[size]; printf ("Runs (uses multiple of 100,000) "); cin >> numRuns; for (int a = 0; a < numRuns; a++) { hThread[0] = (HANDLE)_beginthread( myThread0, 0, (void*)(array) ); hThread[1] = (HANDLE)_beginthread( myThread1, 0, (void*)(array) ); hThread[2] = (HANDLE)_beginthread( myThread2, 0, (void*)(array) ); hThread[3] = (HANDLE)_beginthread( myThread3, 0, (void*)(array) ); //waits for threads to finish before continuing WaitForMultipleObjects(4, hThread, TRUE, INFINITE); //closes handles I guess? CloseHandle( hThread[0] ); CloseHandle( hThread[1] ); CloseHandle( hThread[2] ); CloseHandle( hThread[3] ); //dump array into calculations //average array into fHolder //this could be split into threads as well for (int p = 0; p < size; p++) { counter += array[p] == 2 ? 1 : -1; //cout << array[p] << endl; //cout << counter << endl; } //this fHolder calculation didn't work //fHolder = counter / size; //so I had to use this cout << counter << endl; fHolder = counter; fHolder = fHolder / size; myfile << fHolder << endl; } } void initialize() { //seed value needs to be supplied //rng1.seed(seed_val*1); rng1.seed((unsigned int)time(NULL)); rng2.seed(((unsigned int)time(NULL))*2); rng3.seed(((unsigned int)time(NULL))*3); rng4.seed(((unsigned int)time(NULL))*4); }; void myThread0 (void *param) { //EnterCriticalSection(&cs1); //aquire the critical section object int *i = (int *)param; for (int x = 0; x < 25000; x++) { //doesn't work, part of merssene twister //i[x] = next(); i[x] = two(rng1); //original srand //i[x] = rand() % 2 + 1; //doesn't work for some reason. //uint_dist2(rng); //i[x] = qrand() % 2 + 1; //cout << i[x] << endl; } //LeaveCriticalSection(&cs1); // release the critical section object } void myThread1 (void *param) { //EnterCriticalSection(&cs2); //aquire the critical section object int *i = (int *)param; for (int x = 25000; x < 50000; x++) { //param[x] = rand() % 2 + 1; i[x] = two(rng2); //i[x] = rand() % 2 + 1; //cout << i[x] << endl; } //LeaveCriticalSection(&cs2); // release the critical section object } void myThread2 (void *param) { //EnterCriticalSection(&cs3); //aquire the critical section object int *i = (int *)param; for (int x = 50000; x < 75000; x++) { i[x] = two(rng3); //i[x] = rand() % 2 + 1; //cout << i[x] << endl; } //LeaveCriticalSection(&cs3); // release the critical section object } void myThread3 (void *param) { //EnterCriticalSection(&cs4); //aquire the critical section object int *i = (int *)param; for (int x = 75000; x < 100000; x++) { i[x] = two(rng4); //i[x] = rand() % 2 + 1; //cout << i[x] << endl; } //LeaveCriticalSection(&cs4); // release the critical section object }

    Read the article

  • A free standing ASP.NET Pager Web Control

    - by Rick Strahl
    Paging in ASP.NET has been relatively easy with stock controls supporting basic paging functionality. However, recently I built an MVC application and one of the things I ran into was that I HAD TO build manual paging support into a few of my pages. Dealing with list controls and rendering markup is easy enough, but doing paging is a little more involved. I ended up with a small but flexible component that can be dropped anywhere. As it turns out the task of creating a semi-generic Pager control for MVC was fairly easily. Now I’m back to working in Web Forms and thought to myself that the way I created the pager in MVC actually would also work in ASP.NET – in fact quite a bit easier since the whole thing can be conveniently wrapped up into an easily reusable control. A standalone pager would provider easier reuse in various pages and a more consistent pager display regardless of what kind of 'control’ the pager is associated with. Why a Pager Control? At first blush it might sound silly to create a new pager control – after all Web Forms has pretty decent paging support, doesn’t it? Well, sort of. Yes the GridView control has automatic paging built in and the ListView control has the related DataPager control. The built in ASP.NET paging has several issues though: Postback and JavaScript requirements If you look at paging links in ASP.NET they are always postback links with javascript:__doPostback() calls that go back to the server. While that works fine and actually has some benefit like the fact that paging saves changes to the page and post them back, it’s not very SEO friendly. Basically if you use javascript based navigation nosearch engine will follow the paging links which effectively cuts off list content on the first page. The DataPager control does support GET based links via the QueryStringParameter property, but the control is effectively tied to the ListView control (which is the only control that implements IPageableItemContainer). DataSource Controls required for Efficient Data Paging Retrieval The only way you can get paging to work efficiently where only the few records you display on the page are queried for and retrieved from the database you have to use a DataSource control - only the Linq and Entity DataSource controls  support this natively. While you can retrieve this data yourself manually, there’s no way to just assign the page number and render the pager based on this custom subset. Other than that default paging requires a full resultset for ASP.NET to filter the data and display only a subset which can be very resource intensive and wasteful if you’re dealing with largish resultsets (although I’m a firm believer in returning actually usable sets :-}). If you use your own business layer that doesn’t fit an ObjectDataSource you’re SOL. That’s a real shame too because with LINQ based querying it’s real easy to retrieve a subset of data that is just the data you want to display but the native Pager functionality doesn’t support just setting properties to display just the subset AFAIK. DataPager is not Free Standing The DataPager control is the closest thing to a decent Pager implementation that ASP.NET has, but alas it’s not a free standing component – it works off a related control and the only one that it effectively supports from the stock ASP.NET controls is the ListView control. This means you can’t use the same data pager formatting for a grid and a list view or vice versa and you’re always tied to the control. Paging Events In order to handle paging you have to deal with paging events. The events fire at specific time instances in the page pipeline and because of this you often have to handle data binding in a way to work around the paging events or else end up double binding your data sources based on paging. Yuk. Styling The GridView pager is a royal pain to beat into submission for styled rendering. The DataPager control has many more options and template layout and it renders somewhat cleaner, but it too is not exactly easy to get a decent display for. Not a Generic Solution The problem with the ASP.NET controls too is that it’s not generic. GridView, DataGrid use their own internal paging, ListView can use a DataPager and if you want to manually create data layout – well you’re on your own. IOW, depending on what you use you likely have very different looking Paging experiences. So, I figured I’ve struggled with this once too many and finally sat down and built a Pager control. The Pager Control My goal was to create a totally free standing control that has no dependencies on other controls and certainly no requirements for using DataSource controls. The idea is that you should be able to use this pager control without any sort of data requirements at all – you should just be able to set properties and be able to display a pager. The Pager control I ended up with has the following features: Completely free standing Pager control – no control or data dependencies Complete manual control – Pager can render without any data dependency Easy to use: Only need to set PageSize, ActivePage and TotalItems Supports optional filtering of IQueryable for efficient queries and Pager rendering Supports optional full set filtering of IEnumerable<T> and DataTable Page links are plain HTTP GET href Links Control automatically picks up Page links on the URL and assigns them (automatic page detection no page index changing events to hookup) Full CSS Styling support On the downside there’s no templating support for the control so the layout of the pager is relatively fixed. All elements however are stylable and there are options to control the text, and layout options such as whether to display first and last pages and the previous/next buttons and so on. To give you an idea what the pager looks like, here are two differently styled examples (all via CSS):   The markup for these two pagers looks like this: <ww:Pager runat="server" id="ItemPager" PageSize="5" PageLinkCssClass="gridpagerbutton" SelectedPageCssClass="gridpagerbutton-selected" PagesTextCssClass="gridpagertext" CssClass="gridpager" RenderContainerDiv="true" ContainerDivCssClass="gridpagercontainer" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" PagesText="Item Pages:" NextText="next" PreviousText="previous" /> <ww:Pager runat="server" id="ItemPager2" PageSize="5" RenderContainerDiv="true" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" /> The latter example uses default style settings so it there’s not much to set. The first example on the other hand explicitly assigns custom styles and overrides a few of the formatting options. Styling The styling is based on a number of CSS classes of which the the main pager, pagerbutton and pagerbutton-selected classes are the important ones. Other styles like pagerbutton-next/prev/first/last are based on the pagerbutton style. The default styling shown for the red outlined pager looks like this: .pagercontainer { margin: 20px 0; background: whitesmoke; padding: 5px; } .pager { float: right; font-size: 10pt; text-align: left; } .pagerbutton,.pagerbutton-selected,.pagertext { display: block; float: left; text-align: center; border: solid 2px maroon; min-width: 18px; margin-left: 3px; text-decoration: none; padding: 4px; } .pagerbutton-selected { font-size: 130%; font-weight: bold; color: maroon; border-width: 0px; background: khaki; } .pagerbutton-first { margin-right: 12px; } .pagerbutton-last,.pagerbutton-prev { margin-left: 12px; } .pagertext { border: none; margin-left: 30px; font-weight: bold; } .pagerbutton a { text-decoration: none; } .pagerbutton:hover { background-color: maroon; color: cornsilk; } .pagerbutton-prev { background-image: url(images/prev.png); background-position: 2px center; background-repeat: no-repeat; width: 35px; padding-left: 20px; } .pagerbutton-next { background-image: url(images/next.png); background-position: 40px center; background-repeat: no-repeat; width: 35px; padding-right: 20px; margin-right: 0px; } Yup that’s a lot of styling settings although not all of them are required. The key ones are pagerbutton, pager and pager selection. The others (which are implicitly created by the control based on the pagerbutton style) are for custom markup of the ‘special’ buttons. In my apps I tend to have two kinds of pages: Those that are associated with typical ‘grid’ displays that display purely tabular data and those that have a more looser list like layout. The two pagers shown above represent these two views and the pager and gridpager styles in my standard style sheet reflect these two styles. Configuring the Pager with Code Finally lets look at what it takes to hook up the pager. As mentioned in the highlights the Pager control is completely independent of other controls so if you just want to display a pager on its own it’s as simple as dropping the control and assigning the PageSize, ActivePage and either TotalPages or TotalItems. So for this markup: <ww:Pager runat="server" id="ItemPagerManual" PageSize="5" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" /> I can use code as simple as: ItemPagerManual.PageSize = 3; ItemPagerManual.ActivePage = 4;ItemPagerManual.TotalItems = 20; Note that ActivePage is not required - it will automatically use any Page=x query string value and assign it, although you can override it as I did above. TotalItems can be any value that you retrieve from a result set or manually assign as I did above. A more realistic scenario based on a LINQ to SQL IQueryable result is even easier. In this example, I have a UserControl that contains a ListView control that renders IQueryable data. I use a User Control here because there are different views the user can choose from with each view being a different user control. This incidentally also highlights one of the nice features of the pager: Because the pager is independent of the control I can put the pager on the host page instead of into each of the user controls. IOW, there’s only one Pager control, but there are potentially many user controls/listviews that hold the actual display data. The following code demonstrates how to use the Pager with an IQueryable that loads only the records it displays: protected voidPage_Load(objectsender, EventArgs e) {     Category = Request.Params["Category"] ?? string.Empty;     IQueryable<wws_Item> ItemList = ItemRepository.GetItemsByCategory(Category);     // Update the page and filter the list down     ItemList = ItemPager.FilterIQueryable<wws_Item>(ItemList); // Render user control with a list view Control ulItemList = LoadControl("~/usercontrols/" + App.Configuration.ItemListType + ".ascx"); ((IInventoryItemListControl)ulItemList).InventoryItemList = ItemList; phItemList.Controls.Add(ulItemList); // placeholder } The code uses a business object to retrieve Items by category as an IQueryable which means that the result is only an expression tree that hasn’t execute SQL yet and can be further filtered. I then pass this IQueryable to the FilterIQueryable() helper method of the control which does two main things: Filters the IQueryable to retrieve only the data displayed on the active page Sets the Totaltems property and calculates TotalPages on the Pager and that’s it! When the Pager renders it uses those values, plus the PageSize and ActivePage properties to render the Pager. In addition to IQueryable there are also filter methods for IEnumerable<T> and DataTable, but these versions just filter the data by removing rows/items from the entire already retrieved data. Output Generated and Paging Links The output generated creates pager links as plain href links. Here’s what the output looks like: <div id="ItemPager" class="pagercontainer"> <div class="pager"> <span class="pagertext">Pages: </span><a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=1" class="pagerbutton" />1</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=2" class="pagerbutton" />2</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=3" class="pagerbutton" />3</a> <span class="pagerbutton-selected">4</span> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=5" class="pagerbutton" />5</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=6" class="pagerbutton" />6</a> <a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=20" class="pagerbutton pagerbutton-last" />20</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=3" class="pagerbutton pagerbutton-prev" />Prev</a>&nbsp;<a href="http://localhost/WestWindWebStore/itemlist.aspx?Page=5" class="pagerbutton pagerbutton-next" />Next</a></div> <br clear="all" /> </div> </div> The links point back to the current page and simply append a Page= page link into the page. When the page gets reloaded with the new page number the pager automatically detects the page number and automatically assigns the ActivePage property which results in the appropriate page to be displayed. The code shown in the previous section is all that’s needed to handle paging. Note that HTTP GET based paging is different than the Postback paging ASP.NET uses by default. Postback paging preserves modified page content when clicking on pager buttons, but this control will simply load a new page – no page preservation at this time. The advantage of not using Postback paging is that the URLs generated are plain HTML links that a search engine can follow where __doPostback() links are not. Pager with a Grid The pager also works in combination with grid controls so it’s easy to bypass the grid control’s paging features if desired. In the following example I use a gridView control and binds it to a DataTable result which is also filterable by the Pager control. The very basic plain vanilla ASP.NET grid markup looks like this: <div style="width: 600px; margin: 0 auto;padding: 20px; "> <asp:DataGrid runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="True" ID="gdItems" CssClass="blackborder" style="width: 600px;"> <AlternatingItemStyle CssClass="gridalternate" /> <HeaderStyle CssClass="gridheader" /> </asp:DataGrid> <ww:Pager runat="server" ID="Pager" CssClass="gridpager" ContainerDivCssClass="gridpagercontainer" PageLinkCssClass="gridpagerbutton" SelectedPageCssClass="gridpagerbutton-selected" PageSize="8" RenderContainerDiv="true" MaxPagesToDisplay="6" /> </div> and looks like this when rendered: using custom set of CSS styles. The code behind for this code is also very simple: protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { string category = Request.Params["category"] ?? ""; busItem itemRep = WebStoreFactory.GetItem(); var items = itemRep.GetItemsByCategory(category) .Select(itm => new {Sku = itm.Sku, Description = itm.Description}); // run query into a DataTable for demonstration DataTable dt = itemRep.Converter.ToDataTable(items,"TItems"); // Remove all items not on the current page dt = Pager.FilterDataTable(dt,0); // bind and display gdItems.DataSource = dt; gdItems.DataBind(); } A little contrived I suppose since the list could already be bound from the list of elements, but this is to demonstrate that you can also bind against a DataTable if your business layer returns those. Unfortunately there’s no way to filter a DataReader as it’s a one way forward only reader and the reader is required by the DataSource to perform the bindings.  However, you can still use a DataReader as long as your business logic filters the data prior to rendering and provides a total item count (most likely as a second query). Control Creation The control itself is a pretty brute force ASP.NET control. Nothing clever about this other than some basic rendering logic and some simple calculations and update routines to determine which buttons need to be shown. You can take a look at the full code from the West Wind Web Toolkit’s Repository (note there are a few dependencies). To give you an idea how the control works here is the Render() method: /// <summary> /// overridden to handle custom pager rendering for runtime and design time /// </summary> /// <param name="writer"></param> protected override void Render(HtmlTextWriter writer) { base.Render(writer); if (TotalPages == 0 && TotalItems > 0) TotalPages = CalculateTotalPagesFromTotalItems(); if (DesignMode) TotalPages = 10; // don't render pager if there's only one page if (TotalPages < 2) return; if (RenderContainerDiv) { if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(ContainerDivCssClass)) writer.AddAttribute("class", ContainerDivCssClass); writer.RenderBeginTag("div"); } // main pager wrapper writer.WriteBeginTag("div"); writer.AddAttribute("id", this.ClientID); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(CssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", this.CssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar + "\r\n"); // Pages Text writer.WriteBeginTag("span"); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PagesTextCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PagesTextCssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar); writer.Write(this.PagesText); writer.WriteEndTag("span"); // if the base url is empty use the current URL FixupBaseUrl(); // set _startPage and _endPage ConfigurePagesToRender(); // write out first page link if (ShowFirstAndLastPageLinks && _startPage != 1) { writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, (1).ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-first"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write("1"); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); writer.Write("&nbsp;"); } // write out all the page links for (int i = _startPage; i < _endPage + 1; i++) { if (i == ActivePage) { writer.WriteBeginTag("span"); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(SelectedPageCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", SelectedPageCssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar); writer.Write(i.ToString()); writer.WriteEndTag("span"); } else { writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, i.ToString()).TrimEnd('&'); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(i.ToString()); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } writer.Write("\r\n"); } // write out last page link if (ShowFirstAndLastPageLinks && _endPage < TotalPages) { writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, TotalPages.ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-last"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(TotalPages.ToString()); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } // Previous link if (ShowPreviousNextLinks && !string.IsNullOrEmpty(PreviousText) && ActivePage > 1) { writer.Write("&nbsp;"); writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, (ActivePage - 1).ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-prev"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(PreviousText); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } // Next link if (ShowPreviousNextLinks && !string.IsNullOrEmpty(NextText) && ActivePage < TotalPages) { writer.Write("&nbsp;"); writer.WriteBeginTag("a"); string pageUrl = StringUtils.SetUrlEncodedKey(BaseUrl, QueryStringPageField, (ActivePage + 1).ToString()); writer.WriteAttribute("href", pageUrl); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(PageLinkCssClass)) writer.WriteAttribute("class", PageLinkCssClass + " " + PageLinkCssClass + "-next"); writer.Write(HtmlTextWriter.SelfClosingTagEnd); writer.Write(NextText); writer.WriteEndTag("a"); } writer.WriteEndTag("div"); if (RenderContainerDiv) { if (RenderContainerDivBreak) writer.Write("<br clear=\"all\" />\r\n"); writer.WriteEndTag("div"); } } As I said pretty much brute force rendering based on the control’s property settings of which there are quite a few: You can also see the pager in the designer above. unfortunately the VS designer (both 2010 and 2008) fails to render the float: left CSS styles properly and starts wrapping after margins are applied in the special buttons. Not a big deal since VS does at least respect the spacing (the floated elements overlay). Then again I’m not using the designer anyway :-}. Filtering Data What makes the Pager easy to use is the filter methods built into the control. While this functionality is clearly not the most politically correct design choice as it violates separation of concerns, it’s very useful for typical pager operation. While I actually have filter methods that do something similar in my business layer, having it exposed on the control makes the control a lot more useful for typical databinding scenarios. Of course these methods are optional – if you have a business layer that can provide filtered page queries for you can use that instead and assign the TotalItems property manually. There are three filter method types available for IQueryable, IEnumerable and for DataTable which tend to be the most common use cases in my apps old and new. The IQueryable version is pretty simple as it can simply rely on on .Skip() and .Take() with LINQ: /// <summary> /// <summary> /// Queries the database for the ActivePage applied manually /// or from the Request["page"] variable. This routine /// figures out and sets TotalPages, ActivePage and /// returns a filtered subset IQueryable that contains /// only the items from the ActivePage. /// </summary> /// <param name="query"></param> /// <param name="activePage"> /// The page you want to display. Sets the ActivePage property when passed. /// Pass 0 or smaller to use ActivePage setting. /// </param> /// <returns></returns> public IQueryable<T> FilterIQueryable<T>(IQueryable<T> query, int activePage) where T : class, new() { ActivePage = activePage < 1 ? ActivePage : activePage; if (ActivePage < 1) ActivePage = 1; TotalItems = query.Count(); if (TotalItems <= PageSize) { ActivePage = 1; TotalPages = 1; return query; } int skip = ActivePage - 1; if (skip > 0) query = query.Skip(skip * PageSize); _TotalPages = CalculateTotalPagesFromTotalItems(); return query.Take(PageSize); } The IEnumerable<T> version simply  converts the IEnumerable to an IQuerable and calls back into this method for filtering. The DataTable version requires a little more work to manually parse and filter records (I didn’t want to add the Linq DataSetExtensions assembly just for this): /// <summary> /// Filters a data table for an ActivePage. /// /// Note: Modifies the data set permanently by remove DataRows /// </summary> /// <param name="dt">Full result DataTable</param> /// <param name="activePage">Page to display. 0 to use ActivePage property </param> /// <returns></returns> public DataTable FilterDataTable(DataTable dt, int activePage) { ActivePage = activePage < 1 ? ActivePage : activePage; if (ActivePage < 1) ActivePage = 1; TotalItems = dt.Rows.Count; if (TotalItems <= PageSize) { ActivePage = 1; TotalPages = 1; return dt; } int skip = ActivePage - 1; if (skip > 0) { for (int i = 0; i < skip * PageSize; i++ ) dt.Rows.RemoveAt(0); } while(dt.Rows.Count > PageSize) dt.Rows.RemoveAt(PageSize); return dt; } Using the Pager Control The pager as it is is a first cut I built a couple of weeks ago and since then have been tweaking a little as part of an internal project I’m working on. I’ve replaced a bunch of pagers on various older pages with this pager without any issues and have what now feels like a more consistent user interface where paging looks and feels the same across different controls. As a bonus I’m only loading the data from the database that I need to display a single page. With the preset class tags applied too adding a pager is now as easy as dropping the control and adding the style sheet for styling to be consistent – no fuss, no muss. Schweet. Hopefully some of you may find this as useful as I have or at least as a baseline to build ontop of… Resources The Pager is part of the West Wind Web & Ajax Toolkit Pager.cs Source Code (some toolkit dependencies) Westwind.css base stylesheet with .pager and .gridpager styles Pager Example Page © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2010Posted in ASP.NET  

    Read the article

  • 26 Days: Countdown to Oracle OpenWorld 2012

    - by Michael Snow
    Welcome to our countdown to Oracle OpenWorld! Oracle OpenWorld 2012 is just around the corner. In less than 26 days, San Francisco will be invaded by an expected 50,000 people from all over the world. Here on the Oracle WebCenter team, we’ve all been working to help make the experience a great one for all our WebCenter customers. For a sneak peak  – we’ll be spending this week giving you a teaser of what to look forward to if you are joining us in San Francisco from September 30th through October 4th. We have Oracle WebCenter sessions covering all topics imaginable. Take a look and use the tools we provide to build out your schedule in advance and reserve your seats in your favorite sessions.  That gives you plenty of time to plan for your week with us in San Francisco. If unfortunately, your boss denied your request to attend - there are still some ways that you can join in the experience virtually On-Demand. This year - we are expanding even more up North of Market Street and will be taking over Union Square as well. Check out this map of San Francisco to get a sense of how much of a footprint Oracle OpenWorld has grown to this year. With so much to see and so many sessions to learn from - its no wonder that people get excited. Add to that a good mix of fun and all of the possible WebCenter sessions you could attend - you won't want to sleep at all to take full advantage of such an opportunity. We'll also have our annual WebCenter Customer Appreciation reception - stay tuned this week for some more info on registration to make sure you'll be able to join us. If you've been following the America's Cup at all and believe in EXTREME PERFORMANCE you'll definitely want to take a look at this video from last year's OpenWorld Keynote. 12.00 Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE MicrosoftInternetExplorer4 /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii- mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi- mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} Important OpenWorld Links:  Attendee / Presenters Toolkit Oracle Schedule Builder WebCenter Sessions (listed in the catalog under Fusion Middleware as "Portals, Sites, Content, and Collaboration" ) Oracle Music Festival - AMAZING Line up!!  Oracle Customer Appreciation Night -LOOK HERE!! Oracle OpenWorld LIVE On-Demand Here are all the WebCenter sessions broken down by day for your viewing pleasure. Monday, October 1st CON8885 - Simplify CRM Engagement with Contextual Collaboration Are your sales teams disconnected and disengaged? Do you want a tool for easily connecting expertise across your organization and providing visibility into the complete sales process? Do you want a way to enhance and retain organization knowledge? Oracle Social Network is the answer. Attend this session to learn how to make CRM easy, effective, and efficient for use across virtual sales teams. Also learn how Oracle Social Network can drive sales force collaboration with natural conversations throughout the sales cycle, promote sales team productivity through purposeful social networking without the noise, and build cross-team knowledge by integrating conversations with CRM and other business applications. CON8268 - Oracle WebCenter Strategy: Engaging Your Customers. Empowering Your Business Oracle WebCenter is a user engagement platform for social business, connecting people and information. Attend this session to learn about the Oracle WebCenter strategy, and understand where Oracle is taking the platform to help companies engage customers, empower employees, and enable partners. Business success starts with ensuring that everyone is engaged with the right people and the right information and can access what they need through the channel of their choice—Web, mobile, or social. Are you giving customers, employees, and partners the best-possible experience? Come learn how you can! ¶ HOL10208 - Add Social Capabilities to Your Enterprise Applications Oracle Social Network enables you to add real-time collaboration capabilities into your enterprise applications, so that conversations can happen directly within your business systems. In this hands-on lab, you will try out the Oracle Social Network product to collaborate with other attendees, using real-time conversations with document sharing capabilities. Next you will embed social capabilities into a sample Web-based enterprise application, using embedded UI components. Experts will also write simple REST-based integrations, using the Oracle Social Network API to programmatically create social interactions. ¶ CON8893 - Improve Employee Productivity with Intuitive and Social Work Environments Social technologies have already transformed the ways customers, employees, partners, and suppliers communicate and stay informed. Forward-thinking organizations today need technologies and infrastructures to help them advance to the next level and integrate social activities with business applications to deliver a user experience that simplifies business processes and enterprise application engagement. Attend this session to hear from an innovative Oracle Social Network customer and learn how you can improve productivity with intuitive and social work environments and empower your employees with innovative social tools to enable contextual access to content and dynamic personalization of solutions. ¶ CON8270 - Oracle WebCenter Content Strategy and Vision Oracle WebCenter provides a strategic content infrastructure for managing documents, images, e-mails, and rich media files. With a single repository, organizations can address any content use case, such as accounts payable, HR onboarding, document management, compliance, records management, digital asset management, or Website management. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter will address new use cases as well as new integrations with Oracle Fusion Middleware and Oracle Applications, leveraging your investments by making your users more productive and error-free. ¶ CON8269 - Oracle WebCenter Sites Strategy and Vision Oracle’s Web experience management solution, Oracle WebCenter Sites, enables organizations to use the online channel to drive customer acquisition and brand loyalty. It helps marketers and business users easily create and manage contextually relevant, social, interactive online experiences across multiple channels on a global scale. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter Sites will provide you with the tools, capabilities, and integrations you need in order to continue to address your customers’ evolving requirements for engaging online experiences and keep moving your business forward. ¶ CON8896 - Living with SharePoint SharePoint is a popular platform, but it’s not always the best fit for Oracle customers. In this session, you’ll discover the technical and nontechnical limitations and pitfalls of SharePoint and learn about Oracle alternatives for collaboration, portals, enterprise and Web content management, social computing, and application integration. The presentation shows you how to integrate with SharePoint when business or IT requirements dictate and covers cloud-based (Office 365) and on-premises versions of SharePoint. Presented by a former Microsoft director of SharePoint product management and backed by independent customer research, this session will prepare you to answer the question “Why don’t we just use SharePoint for that?’ the next time it comes up in your organization. ¶ CON7843 - Content-Enabling Enterprise Processes with Oracle WebCenter Organizations today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. Many business processes are content-intensive and unstructured, requiring ad hoc collaboration, and distributed in nature, requiring many approvals and generating huge volumes of paper. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer content-enable its enterprise with Oracle WebCenter Content and Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate them with Oracle Applications. ¶ CON6114 - Tape Robotics’ Newest Superhero: Now Fueled by Oracle Software For small, midsize, and rapidly growing businesses that want the most energy-efficient, scalable storage infrastructure to meet their rapidly growing data demands, Oracle’s most recent addition to its award-winning tape portfolio leverages several pieces of Oracle software. With Oracle Linux, Oracle WebLogic, and Oracle Fusion Middleware tools, the library achieves a higher level of usability than previous products while offering customers a familiar interface for management, plus ease of use. This session examines the competitive advantages of the tape library and how Oracle software raises customer satisfaction. Learn how the combination of Oracle engineered systems, Oracle Secure Backup, and Oracle’s StorageTek tape libraries provide end-to-end coverage of your data. ¶ CON9437 - Mobile Access Management With more than five billion mobile devices on the planet and an increasing number of users using their own devices to access corporate data and applications, securely extending identity management to mobile devices has become a hot topic. This session focuses on how to extend your existing identity management infrastructure and policies to securely and seamlessly enable mobile user access. CON7815 - Customer Experience Online in Cloud: Oracle WebCenter Sites, Oracle ATG Apps, Oracle Exalogic Oracle WebCenter Sites and Oracle’s ATG product line together can provide a compelling marketing and e-commerce experience. When you couple them with the extreme performance of Oracle Exalogic, you’ll see unmatched scalability that provides you with a true cloud-based solution. In this session, you’ll learn how running Oracle WebCenter Sites and ATG applications on Oracle Exalogic delivers both a private and a public cloud experience. Find out what it takes to get these systems working together and delivering engaging Web experiences. Even if you aren’t considering Oracle Exalogic today, the rich Web experience of Oracle WebCenter, paired with the depth of the ATG product line, can provide your business full support, from merchandising through sale completion. ¶ CON8271 - Oracle WebCenter Portal Strategy and Vision To innovate and keep a competitive edge, organizations need to leverage the power of agile and responsive Web applications. Oracle WebCenter Portal enables you to do just that, by delivering intuitive user experiences for enterprise applications to drive innovation with composite applications and mashups. Attend this session to learn firsthand from customers how Oracle WebCenter Portal extends the value of existing enterprise applications, business processes, and content; delivers a superior business user experience; and maximizes limited IT resources. ¶ CON8880 - The Connected Customer Experience Begins with the Online Channel There’s a lot of talk these days about how to connect the customer journey across various touchpoints—from Websites and e-commerce to call centers and in-store—to provide experiences that are more relevant and engaging and ultimately gain competitive edge. Doing it all at once isn’t a realistic objective, so where do you start? Come to this session, and hear about three steps you can take that can help you begin your journey toward delivering the connected customer experience. You’ll hear how Oracle now has an integrated digital marketing platform for your corporate Website, your e-commerce site, your self-service portal, and your marketing and loyalty campaigns, and you’ll learn what you can do today to begin executing on your customer experience initiatives. ¶ GEN11451 - General Session: Building Mobile Applications with Oracle Cloud With the prevalence of smart mobile devices, companies are facing an increased demand to provide access to data and applications from new channels. However, developing applications for mobile devices poses some unique challenges. Come to this session to learn how Oracle addresses these challenges, offering a simpler way to develop and deploy cross-device mobile applications. See how Oracle Cloud enables you to access applications, data, and services from mobile channels in an easier way.  CON8272 - Oracle Social Network Strategy and Vision One key way of increasing employee productivity is by bringing people, processes, and information together—providing new social capabilities to enable business users to quickly correspond and collaborate on business activities. Oracle WebCenter provides a user engagement platform with social and collaborative technologies to empower business users to focus on their key business processes, applications, and content in the context of their role and process. Attend this session to hear how the latest social capabilities in Oracle Social Network are enabling organizations to transform themselves into social businesses.  --- Tuesday, October 2nd HOL10194 - Enterprise Content Management Simplified: Oracle WebCenter Content’s Next-Generation UI Regardless of the nature of your business, unstructured content underpins many of its daily functions. Whether you are working with traditional presentations, spreadsheets, or text documents—or even with digital assets such as images and multimedia files—your content needs to be accessible and manageable in convenient and intuitive ways to make working with the content easier. Additionally, you need the ability to easily share documents with coworkers to facilitate a collaborative working environment. Come to this session to see how Oracle WebCenter Content’s next-generation user interface helps modern knowledge workers easily manage personal and enterprise documents in a collaborative environment.¶ CON8877 - Develop a Mobile Strategy with Oracle WebCenter: Engage Customers, Employees, and Partners Mobile technology has gone from nice-to-have to a cornerstone of user engagement. Mobile access enables users to have information available at their fingertips, enabling them to take action the moment they make a decision, interact in the moment of convenience, and take advantage of new service offerings in their preferred channels. All your employees have your mobile applications in their pocket; now what are you going to do? It is a critical step for companies to think through what their employees, customers, and partners really need on their devices. Attend this session to see how Oracle WebCenter enables you to better engage your customers, employees, and partners by providing a unified experience across multiple channels. ¶ CON9447 - Enabling Access for Hundreds of Millions of Users How do you grow your business by identifying, authenticating, authorizing, and federating users on the Web, leveraging social identity and the open source OAuth protocol? How do you scale your access management solution to support hundreds of millions of users? With social identity support out of the box, Oracle’s access management solution is also benchmarked for 250-million-user deployment according to real-world customer scenarios. In this session, you will learn about the social identity capability and the 250-million-user benchmark testing of Oracle Access Manager and Oracle Adaptive Access Manager running on Oracle Exalogic and Oracle Exadata. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON2906 - Get Proactive: Best Practices for Maintaining Oracle Fusion Middleware You chose Oracle Fusion Middleware products to help your organization deliver superior business results. Now learn how to take full advantage of your software with all the great tools, resources, and product updates you’re entitled to through Oracle Support. In this session, Oracle product experts provide proven best practices to help you work more efficiently, plan and prepare for upgrades and patching more effectively, and manage risk. Topics include configuration management tools, remote diagnostics, My Oracle Support Community, and My Oracle Support Lifecycle Advisors. New users and Oracle Fusion Middleware experts alike are guaranteed to leave with fresh ideas and practical, easy-to-implement next steps. ¶ CON8878 - Oracle WebCenter’s Cloud Strategy: From Social and Platform Services to Mashups Cloud computing represents a paradigm shift in how we build applications, automate processes, collaborate, and share and in how we secure our enterprise. Additionally, as you adopt cloud-based services in your organization, it’s likely that you will still have many critical on-premises applications running. With these mixed environments, multiple user interfaces, different security, and multiple datasources and content sources, how do you start evolving your strategy to account for these challenges? Oracle WebCenter offers a complete array of technologies enabling you to solve these challenges and prepare you for the cloud. Attend this session to learn how you can use Oracle WebCenter in the cloud as well as create on-premises and cloud application mash-ups. ¶ CON8901 - Optimize Enterprise Business Processes with Oracle WebCenter and Oracle BPM Do you have business processes that span multiple applications? Are you grappling with how to have visibility across these business processes; how to manage content that is associated with these processes; and, most importantly, how to model and optimize these business processes? Attend this session to hear how Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Process Management provide a unique set of integrated solutions to provide a composite application dashboard across these business processes and offer a solution for content-centric business processes. ¶ CON8883 - Deliver Engaging Interfaces to Oracle Applications with Oracle WebCenter Critical business processes live within enterprise applications, and application users need to manage and execute these processes as effectively as possible. Oracle provides a comprehensive user engagement platform to increase user productivity and optimize overall processes within Oracle Applications—Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle’s Siebel, PeopleSoft, and JD Edwards product families—and third-party applications. Attend this session to learn how you can integrate these applications with Oracle WebCenter to deliver composite application dashboards to your end users—whether they are your customers, partners, or employees—for enhanced usability and Web 2.0–enabled enterprise portals.¶ Wednesday, October 3rd CON8895 - Future-Ready Intranets: How Aramark Re-engineered the Application Landscape There are essential techniques and technologies you can use to deliver employee portals that garner higher productivity, improve business efficiency, and increase user engagement. Attend this session to learn how you can leverage Oracle WebCenter Portal as a user engagement platform for bringing together business process management, enterprise content management, and business intelligence into a highly relevant and integrated experience. Hear how Aramark has leveraged Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to deliver a unified workspace providing simpler navigation and processing, consolidation of tools, easy access to information, integrated search, and single sign-on. ¶ CON8886 - Content Consolidation: Save Money, Increase Efficiency, and Eliminate Silos Organizations are looking for ways to save money and be more efficient. With content in many different places, it’s difficult to know where to look for a document and whether the document is the most current version. With Oracle WebCenter, content can be consolidated into one best-of-breed repository that is secure, scalable, and integrated with your business processes and applications. Users can find the content they need, where they need it, and ensure that it is the right content. This session covers content challenges that affect your business; content consolidation that can lead to savings in storage and administration costs and can lower risks; and how companies are realizing savings. ¶ CON8911 - Improve Online Experiences for Customers and Partners with Self-Service Portals Are you able to provide your customers and partners an easy-to-use online self-service experience? Are you processing high-volume transactions and struggling with call center bottlenecks or back-end systems that won’t integrate, causing order delays and customer frustration? Are you looking to target content such as product and service offerings to your end users? This session shares approaches to providing targeted delivery as well as strategies and best practices for transforming your business by providing an intuitive user experience for your customers and partners. ¶ CON6156 - Top 10 Ways to Integrate Oracle WebCenter Content This session covers 10 common ways to integrate Oracle WebCenter Content with other enterprise applications and middleware. It discusses out-of-the-box modules that provide expanded features in Oracle WebCenter Content—such as enterprise search, SOA, and BPEL—as well as developer tools you can use to create custom integrations. The presentation also gives guidance on which integration option may work best in your environment. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON7817 - Migration to Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g Customers today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. The accounts payable process—which is often distributed in nature, requires many approvals, and generates huge volumes of paper invoices—is automated by many customers. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer migrate its existing Oracle Imaging and Process Management Release 7.6 to the latest Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate it with Oracle’s JD Edwards family of products. ¶ CON8910 - How to Engage Customers Across Web, Mobile, and Social Channels Whether on desktops at the office, on tablets at home, or on mobile phones when on the go, today’s customers are always connected. To engage today’s customers, you need to make the online customer experience connected and consistent across a host of devices and multiple channels, including Web, mobile, and social networks. Managing this multichannel environment can result in lots of headaches without the right tools. Attend this session to learn how Oracle WebCenter Sites solves the challenge of multichannel customer engagement. ¶ HOL10206 - Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g: Transforming the Content Contributor Experience Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g makes it easy for marketers and business users to contribute to and manage Websites with the new visual, contextual, and intuitive Web authoring interface. In this hands-on lab, you will create and manage content for a sports-themed Website, using many of the new and enhanced features of the 11g release. ¶ CON8900 - Building Next-Generation Portals: An Interactive Customer Panel Discussion Social and collaborative technologies have changed how people interact, learn, and collaborate, and providing a modern, social Web presence is imperative to remain competitive in today’s market. Can your business benefit from a more collaborative and interactive portal environment for employees, customers, and partners? Attend this session to hear from Oracle WebCenter Portal customers as they share their strategies and best practices for providing users with a modern experience that adapts to their needs and includes personalized access to content in context. The panel also addresses how customers have benefited from creating next-generation portals by migrating from older portal technologies to Oracle WebCenter Portal. ¶ CON9625 - Taking Control of Oracle WebCenter Security Organizations are increasingly looking to extend their Oracle WebCenter portal for social business, to serve external users and provide seamless access to the right information. In particular, many organizations are extending Oracle WebCenter in a business-to-business scenario requiring secure identification and authorization of business partners and their users. This session focuses on how customers are leveraging, securing, and providing access control to Oracle WebCenter portal and mobile solutions. You will learn best practices and hear real-world examples of how to provide flexible and granular access control for Oracle WebCenter deployments, using Oracle Platform Security Services and Oracle Access Management Suite product offerings. ¶ CON8891 - Extending Social into Enterprise Applications and Business Processes Oracle Social Network is an extensible social platform that enables contextual collaboration within enterprise applications and business processes, providing relevant data from across various enterprise systems in one place. Attend this session to see how an Oracle Social Network customer is integrating multiple applications—such as CRM, HCM, and business processes—into Oracle Social Network and Oracle WebCenter to enable individuals and teams to solve complex cross-organizational business problems more effectively by utilizing the social enterprise. ¶ Thursday, October 4th CON8899 - Becoming a Social Business: Stories from the Front Lines of Change What does it really mean to be a social business? How can you change our organization to embrace social approaches? What pitfalls do you need to avoid? In this lively panel discussion, customer and industry thought leaders in social business explore these topics and more as they share their stories of the good, the bad, and the ugly that can happen when embracing social methods and technologies to improve business success. Using moderated questions and open Q&A from the audience, the panel discusses vital topics such as the critical factors for success, the major issues to avoid, how to gain senior executive support for social efforts, how to handle undesired behavior, and how to measure business impact. It takes a thought-provoking look at becoming a social business from the inside. ¶ CON6851 - Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition to Create Vendor Portals Large manufacturers of grocery items routinely find themselves depending on the inventory management expertise of their wholesalers and distributors. Inventory costs can be managed more efficiently by the manufacturers if they have better insight into the inventory levels of items carried by their distributors. This creates a unique opportunity for distributors and wholesalers to leverage this knowledge into a revenue-generating subscription service. Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition and Oracle WebCenter Portal play a key part in enabling creation of business-managed business intelligence portals for vendors. This session discusses one customer that implemented this by leveraging Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition. ¶ CON8879 - Provide a Personalized and Consistent Customer Experience in Your Websites and Portals Your customers engage with your company online in different ways throughout their journey—from prospecting by acquiring information on your corporate Website to transacting through self-service applications on your customer portal—and then the cycle begins again when they look for new products and services. Ensuring that the customer experience is consistent and personalized across online properties—from branding and content to interactions and transactions—can be a daunting task. Oracle WebCenter enables you to speak and interact with your customers with one voice across your Websites and portals by providing an integrated platform for delivery of self-service and engagement that unifies and personalizes the online experience. Learn more in this session. ¶ CON8898 - Land Mines, Potholes, and Dirt Roads: Navigating the Way to ECM Nirvana Ten years ago, people were predicting that by this time in history, we’d be some kind of utopian paperless society. As we all know, we’re not there yet, but are we getting closer? What is keeping companies from driving down the road to enterprise content management bliss? Most people understand that using ECM as a central platform enables organizations to expedite document-centric processes, but most business processes in organizations are still heavily paper-based. Many of these processes could be automated and improved with an ECM platform infrastructure. In this panel discussion, you’ll hear from Oracle WebCenter customers that have already solved some of these challenges as they share their strategies for success and roads to avoid along your journey. ¶ CON8908 - Oracle WebCenter Portal: Creating and Using Content Presenter Templates Oracle WebCenter Portal applications use task flows to display and integrate content stored in the Oracle WebCenter Content server. Among the most flexible task flows is Content Presenter, which renders various types of content on an Oracle WebCenter Portal page. Although Oracle WebCenter Portal comes with a set of predefined Content Presenter templates, developers can create their own templates for specific rendering needs. This session shows the lifecycle of developing Content Presenter task flows, including how to create, package, import, modify at runtime, and use such templates. In addition to simple examples with Oracle Application Development Framework (Oracle ADF) UI elements to render the content, it shows how to use other UI technologies, CSS files, and JavaScript libraries. ¶ CON8897 - Using Web Experience Management to Drive Online Marketing Success Every year, the online channel becomes more imperative for driving organizational top-line revenue, but for many companies, mastering how to best market their products and services in a fast-evolving online world with high customer expectations for personalized experiences can be a complex proposition. Come to this panel discussion, and hear directly from online marketers how they are succeeding today by using Web experience management to drive marketing success, using capabilities such as targeting and optimization, user-generated content, mobile site publishing, and site visitor personalization to deliver engaging online experiences. ¶ CON8892 - Oracle’s Journey to Social Business Social business is a revolution, one that is causing rapidly accelerating change in how companies and customers engage with one another and how employees work together. Oracle’s goal in becoming a social business is to create a socially connected organization in which working collaboratively across geographical locations, lines of business, and management chains is second nature, enabling innovative solutions to business challenges. We can achieve this by connecting the right people, finding the right content, communicating with the right people, collaborating at the right time, and building the right communities in the right context—all ready in the CLOUD. Attend this session to see how Oracle is transforming itself into a social business. ¶  ------------ If you've read all the way to the end here - we are REALLY looking forward to seeing you in San Francisco.

    Read the article

  • Using the West Wind Web Toolkit to set up AJAX and REST Services

    - by Rick Strahl
    I frequently get questions about which option to use for creating AJAX and REST backends for ASP.NET applications. There are many solutions out there to do this actually, but when I have a choice - not surprisingly - I fall back to my own tools in the West Wind West Wind Web Toolkit. I've talked a bunch about the 'in-the-box' solutions in the past so for a change in this post I'll talk about the tools that I use in my own and customer applications to handle AJAX and REST based access to service resources using the West Wind West Wind Web Toolkit. Let me preface this by saying that I like things to be easy. Yes flexible is very important as well but not at the expense of over-complexity. The goal I've had with my tools is make it drop dead easy, with good performance while providing the core features that I'm after, which are: Easy AJAX/JSON Callbacks Ability to return any kind of non JSON content (string, stream, byte[], images) Ability to work with both XML and JSON interchangeably for input/output Access endpoints via POST data, RPC JSON calls, GET QueryString values or Routing interface Easy to use generic JavaScript client to make RPC calls (same syntax, just what you need) Ability to create clean URLS with Routing Ability to use standard ASP.NET HTTP Stack for HTTP semantics It's all about options! In this post I'll demonstrate most of these features (except XML) in a few simple and short samples which you can download. So let's take a look and see how you can build an AJAX callback solution with the West Wind Web Toolkit. Installing the Toolkit Assemblies The easiest and leanest way of using the Toolkit in your Web project is to grab it via NuGet: West Wind Web and AJAX Utilities (Westwind.Web) and drop it into the project by right clicking in your Project and choosing Manage NuGet Packages from anywhere in the Project.   When done you end up with your project looking like this: What just happened? Nuget added two assemblies - Westwind.Web and Westwind.Utilities and the client ww.jquery.js library. It also added a couple of references into web.config: The default namespaces so they can be accessed in pages/views and a ScriptCompressionModule that the toolkit optionally uses to compress script resources served from within the assembly (namely ww.jquery.js and optionally jquery.js). Creating a new Service The West Wind Web Toolkit supports several ways of creating and accessing AJAX services, but for this post I'll stick to the lower level approach that works from any plain HTML page or of course MVC, WebForms, WebPages. There's also a WebForms specific control that makes this even easier but I'll leave that for another post. So, to create a new standalone AJAX/REST service we can create a new HttpHandler in the new project either as a pure class based handler or as a generic .ASHX handler. Both work equally well, but generic handlers don't require any web.config configuration so I'll use that here. In the root of the project add a Generic Handler. I'm going to call this one StockService.ashx. Once the handler has been created, edit the code and remove all of the handler body code. Then change the base class to CallbackHandler and add methods that have a [CallbackMethod] attribute. Here's the modified base handler implementation now looks like with an added HelloWorld method: using System; using Westwind.Web; namespace WestWindWebAjax { /// <summary> /// Handler implements CallbackHandler to provide REST/AJAX services /// </summary> public class SampleService : CallbackHandler { [CallbackMethod] public string HelloWorld(string name) { return "Hello " + name + ". Time is: " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } } } Notice that the class inherits from CallbackHandler and that the HelloWorld service method is marked up with [CallbackMethod]. We're done here. Services Urlbased Syntax Once you compile, the 'service' is live can respond to requests. All CallbackHandlers support input in GET and POST formats, and can return results as JSON or XML. To check our fancy HelloWorld method we can now access the service like this: http://localhost/WestWindWebAjax/StockService.ashx?Method=HelloWorld&name=Rick which produces a default JSON response - in this case a string (wrapped in quotes as it's JSON): (note by default JSON will be downloaded by most browsers not displayed - various options are available to view JSON right in the browser) If I want to return the same data as XML I can tack on a &format=xml at the end of the querystring which produces: <string>Hello Rick. Time is: 11/1/2011 12:11:13 PM</string> Cleaner URLs with Routing Syntax If you want cleaner URLs for each operation you can also configure custom routes on a per URL basis similar to the way that WCF REST does. To do this you need to add a new RouteHandler to your application's startup code in global.asax.cs one for each CallbackHandler based service you create: protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes<StockService>(RouteTable.Routes); } With this code in place you can now add RouteUrl properties to any of your service methods. For the HelloWorld method that doesn't make a ton of sense but here is what a routed clean URL might look like in definition: [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="stocks/HelloWorld/{name}")] public string HelloWorld(string name) { return "Hello " + name + ". Time is: " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } The same URL I previously used now becomes a bit shorter and more readable with: http://localhost/WestWindWebAjax/HelloWorld/Rick It's an easy way to create cleaner URLs and still get the same functionality. Calling the Service with $.getJSON() Since the result produced is JSON you can now easily consume this data using jQuery's getJSON method. First we need a couple of scripts - jquery.js and ww.jquery.js in the page: <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <link href="Css/Westwind.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <script src="scripts/jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="scripts/ww.jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> </head> <body> Next let's add a small HelloWorld example form (what else) that has a single textbox to type a name, a button and a div tag to receive the result: <fieldset> <legend>Hello World</legend> Please enter a name: <input type="text" name="txtHello" id="txtHello" value="" /> <input type="button" id="btnSayHello" value="Say Hello (POST)" /> <input type="button" id="btnSayHelloGet" value="Say Hello (GET)" /> <div id="divHelloMessage" class="errordisplay" style="display:none;width: 450px;" > </div> </fieldset> Then to call the HelloWorld method a little jQuery is used to hook the document startup and the button click followed by the $.getJSON call to retrieve the data from the server. <script type="text/javascript"> $(document).ready(function () { $("#btnSayHelloGet").click(function () { $.getJSON("SampleService.ashx", { Method: "HelloWorld", name: $("#txtHello").val() }, function (result) { $("#divHelloMessage") .text(result) .fadeIn(1000); }); });</script> .getJSON() expects a full URL to the endpoint of our service, which is the ASHX file. We can either provide a full URL (SampleService.ashx?Method=HelloWorld&name=Rick) or we can just provide the base URL and an object that encodes the query string parameters for us using an object map that has a property that matches each parameter for the server method. We can also use the clean URL routing syntax, but using the object parameter encoding actually is safer as the parameters will get properly encoded by jQuery. The result returned is whatever the result on the server method is - in this case a string. The string is applied to the divHelloMessage element and we're done. Obviously this is a trivial example, but it demonstrates the basics of getting a JSON response back to the browser. AJAX Post Syntax - using ajaxCallMethod() The previous example allows you basic control over the data that you send to the server via querystring parameters. This works OK for simple values like short strings, numbers and boolean values, but doesn't really work if you need to pass something more complex like an object or an array back up to the server. To handle traditional RPC type messaging where the idea is to map server side functions and results to a client side invokation, POST operations can be used. The easiest way to use this functionality is to use ww.jquery.js and the ajaxCallMethod() function. ww.jquery wraps jQuery's AJAX functions and knows implicitly how to call a CallbackServer method with parameters and parse the result. Let's look at another simple example that posts a simple value but returns something more interesting. Let's start with the service method: [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="stocks/{symbol}")] public StockQuote GetStockQuote(string symbol) { Response.Cache.SetExpires(DateTime.UtcNow.Add(new TimeSpan(0, 2, 0))); StockServer server = new StockServer(); var quote = server.GetStockQuote(symbol); if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid Symbol passed."); return quote; } This sample utilizes a small StockServer helper class (included in the sample) that downloads a stock quote from Yahoo's financial site via plain HTTP GET requests and formats it into a StockQuote object. Lets create a small HTML block that lets us query for the quote and display it: <fieldset> <legend>Single Stock Quote</legend> Please enter a stock symbol: <input type="text" name="txtSymbol" id="txtSymbol" value="msft" /> <input type="button" id="btnStockQuote" value="Get Quote" /> <div id="divStockDisplay" class="errordisplay" style="display:none; width: 450px;"> <div class="label-left">Company:</div> <div id="stockCompany"></div> <div class="label-left">Last Price:</div> <div id="stockLastPrice"></div> <div class="label-left">Quote Time:</div> <div id="stockQuoteTime"></div> </div> </fieldset> The final result looks something like this:   Let's hook up the button handler to fire the request and fill in the data as shown: $("#btnStockQuote").click(function () { ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "GetStockQuote", [$("#txtSymbol").val()], function (quote) { $("#divStockDisplay").show().fadeIn(1000); $("#stockCompany").text(quote.Company + " (" + quote.Symbol + ")"); $("#stockLastPrice").text(quote.LastPrice); $("#stockQuoteTime").text(quote.LastQuoteTime.formatDate("MMM dd, HH:mm EST")); }, onPageError); }); So we point at SampleService.ashx and the GetStockQuote method, passing a single parameter of the input symbol value. Then there are two handlers for success and failure callbacks.  The success handler is the interesting part - it receives the stock quote as a result and assigns its values to various 'holes' in the stock display elements. The data that comes back over the wire is JSON and it looks like this: { "Symbol":"MSFT", "Company":"Microsoft Corpora", "OpenPrice":26.11, "LastPrice":26.01, "NetChange":0.02, "LastQuoteTime":"2011-11-03T02:00:00Z", "LastQuoteTimeString":"Nov. 11, 2011 4:20pm" } which is an object representation of the data. JavaScript can evaluate this JSON string back into an object easily and that's the reslut that gets passed to the success function. The quote data is then applied to existing page content by manually selecting items and applying them. There are other ways to do this more elegantly like using templates, but here we're only interested in seeing how the data is returned. The data in the object is typed - LastPrice is a number and QuoteTime is a date. Note about the date value: JavaScript doesn't have a date literal although the JSON embedded ISO string format used above  ("2011-11-03T02:00:00Z") is becoming fairly standard for JSON serializers. However, JSON parsers don't deserialize dates by default and return them by string. This is why the StockQuote actually returns a string value of LastQuoteTimeString for the same date. ajaxMethodCallback always converts dates properly into 'real' dates and the example above uses the real date value along with a .formatDate() data extension (also in ww.jquery.js) to display the raw date properly. Errors and Exceptions So what happens if your code fails? For example if I pass an invalid stock symbol to the GetStockQuote() method you notice that the code does this: if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid Symbol passed."); CallbackHandler automatically pushes the exception message back to the client so it's easy to pick up the error message. Regardless of what kind of error occurs: Server side, client side, protocol errors - any error will fire the failure handler with an error object parameter. The error is returned to the client via a JSON response in the error callback. In the previous examples I called onPageError which is a generic routine in ww.jquery that displays a status message on the bottom of the screen. But of course you can also take over the error handling yourself: $("#btnStockQuote").click(function () { ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "GetStockQuote", [$("#txtSymbol").val()], function (quote) { $("#divStockDisplay").fadeIn(1000); $("#stockCompany").text(quote.Company + " (" + quote.Symbol + ")"); $("#stockLastPrice").text(quote.LastPrice); $("#stockQuoteTime").text(quote.LastQuoteTime.formatDate("MMM dd, hh:mmt")); }, function (error, xhr) { $("#divErrorDisplay").text(error.message).fadeIn(1000); }); }); The error object has a isCallbackError, message and  stackTrace properties, the latter of which is only populated when running in Debug mode, and this object is returned for all errors: Client side, transport and server side errors. Regardless of which type of error you get the same object passed (as well as the XHR instance optionally) which makes for a consistent error retrieval mechanism. Specifying HttpVerbs You can also specify HTTP Verbs that are allowed using the AllowedHttpVerbs option on the CallbackMethod attribute: [CallbackMethod(AllowedHttpVerbs=HttpVerbs.GET | HttpVerbs.POST)] public string HelloWorld(string name) { … } If you're building REST style API's this might be useful to force certain request semantics onto the client calling. For the above if call with a non-allowed HttpVerb the request returns a 405 error response along with a JSON (or XML) error object result. The default behavior is to allow all verbs access (HttpVerbs.All). Passing in object Parameters Up to now the parameters I passed were very simple. But what if you need to send something more complex like an object or an array? Let's look at another example now that passes an object from the client to the server. Keeping with the Stock theme here lets add a method called BuyOrder that lets us buy some shares for a stock. Consider the following service method that receives an StockBuyOrder object as a parameter: [CallbackMethod] public string BuyStock(StockBuyOrder buyOrder) { var server = new StockServer(); var quote = server.GetStockQuote(buyOrder.Symbol); if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid or missing stock symbol."); return string.Format("You're buying {0} shares of {1} ({2}) stock at {3} for a total of {4} on {5}.", buyOrder.Quantity, quote.Company, quote.Symbol, quote.LastPrice.ToString("c"), (quote.LastPrice * buyOrder.Quantity).ToString("c"), buyOrder.BuyOn.ToString("MMM d")); } public class StockBuyOrder { public string Symbol { get; set; } public int Quantity { get; set; } public DateTime BuyOn { get; set; } public StockBuyOrder() { BuyOn = DateTime.Now; } } This is a contrived do-nothing example that simply echoes back what was passed in, but it demonstrates how you can pass complex data to a callback method. On the client side we now have a very simple form that captures the three values on a form: <fieldset> <legend>Post a Stock Buy Order</legend> Enter a symbol: <input type="text" name="txtBuySymbol" id="txtBuySymbol" value="GLD" />&nbsp;&nbsp; Qty: <input type="text" name="txtBuyQty" id="txtBuyQty" value="10" style="width: 50px" />&nbsp;&nbsp; Buy on: <input type="text" name="txtBuyOn" id="txtBuyOn" value="<%= DateTime.Now.ToString("d") %>" style="width: 70px;" /> <input type="button" id="btnBuyStock" value="Buy Stock" /> <div id="divStockBuyMessage" class="errordisplay" style="display:none"></div> </fieldset> The completed form and demo then looks something like this:   The client side code that picks up the input values and assigns them to object properties and sends the AJAX request looks like this: $("#btnBuyStock").click(function () { // create an object map that matches StockBuyOrder signature var buyOrder = { Symbol: $("#txtBuySymbol").val(), Quantity: $("#txtBuyQty").val() * 1, // number Entered: new Date() } ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "BuyStock", [buyOrder], function (result) { $("#divStockBuyMessage").text(result).fadeIn(1000); }, onPageError); }); The code creates an object and attaches the properties that match the server side object passed to the BuyStock method. Each property that you want to update needs to be included and the type must match (ie. string, number, date in this case). Any missing properties will not be set but also not cause any errors. Pass POST data instead of Objects In the last example I collected a bunch of values from form variables and stuffed them into object variables in JavaScript code. While that works, often times this isn't really helping - I end up converting my types on the client and then doing another conversion on the server. If lots of input controls are on a page and you just want to pick up the values on the server via plain POST variables - that can be done too - and it makes sense especially if you're creating and filling the client side object only to push data to the server. Let's add another method to the server that once again lets us buy a stock. But this time let's not accept a parameter but rather send POST data to the server. Here's the server method receiving POST data: [CallbackMethod] public string BuyStockPost() { StockBuyOrder buyOrder = new StockBuyOrder(); buyOrder.Symbol = Request.Form["txtBuySymbol"]; ; int qty; int.TryParse(Request.Form["txtBuyQuantity"], out qty); buyOrder.Quantity = qty; DateTime time; DateTime.TryParse(Request.Form["txtBuyBuyOn"], out time); buyOrder.BuyOn = time; // Or easier way yet //FormVariableBinder.Unbind(buyOrder,null,"txtBuy"); var server = new StockServer(); var quote = server.GetStockQuote(buyOrder.Symbol); if (quote == null) throw new ApplicationException("Invalid or missing stock symbol."); return string.Format("You're buying {0} shares of {1} ({2}) stock at {3} for a total of {4} on {5}.", buyOrder.Quantity, quote.Company, quote.Symbol, quote.LastPrice.ToString("c"), (quote.LastPrice * buyOrder.Quantity).ToString("c"), buyOrder.BuyOn.ToString("MMM d")); } Clearly we've made this server method take more code than it did with the object parameter. We've basically moved the parameter assignment logic from the client to the server. As a result the client code to call this method is now a bit shorter since there's no client side shuffling of values from the controls to an object. $("#btnBuyStockPost").click(function () { ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "BuyStockPost", [], // Note: No parameters - function (result) { $("#divStockBuyMessage").text(result).fadeIn(1000); }, onPageError, // Force all page Form Variables to be posted { postbackMode: "Post" }); }); The client simply calls the BuyStockQuote method and pushes all the form variables from the page up to the server which parses them instead. The feature that makes this work is one of the options you can pass to the ajaxCallMethod() function: { postbackMode: "Post" }); which directs the function to include form variable POST data when making the service call. Other options include PostNoViewState (for WebForms to strip out WebForms crap vars), PostParametersOnly (default), None. If you pass parameters those are always posted to the server except when None is set. The above code can be simplified a bit by using the FormVariableBinder helper, which can unbind form variables directly into an object: FormVariableBinder.Unbind(buyOrder,null,"txtBuy"); which replaces the manual Request.Form[] reading code. It receives the object to unbind into, a string of properties to skip, and an optional prefix which is stripped off form variables to match property names. The component is similar to the MVC model binder but it's independent of MVC. Returning non-JSON Data CallbackHandler also supports returning non-JSON/XML data via special return types. You can return raw non-JSON encoded strings like this: [CallbackMethod(ReturnAsRawString=true,ContentType="text/plain")] public string HelloWorldNoJSON(string name) { return "Hello " + name + ". Time is: " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } Calling this method results in just a plain string - no JSON encoding with quotes around the result. This can be useful if your server handling code needs to return a string or HTML result that doesn't fit well for a page or other UI component. Any string output can be returned. You can also return binary data. Stream, byte[] and Bitmap/Image results are automatically streamed back to the client. Notice that you should set the ContentType of the request either on the CallbackMethod attribute or using Response.ContentType. This ensures the Web Server knows how to display your binary response. Using a stream response makes it possible to return any of data. Streamed data can be pretty handy to return bitmap data from a method. The following is a method that returns a stock history graph for a particular stock over a provided number of years: [CallbackMethod(ContentType="image/png",RouteUrl="stocks/history/graph/{symbol}/{years}")] public Stream GetStockHistoryGraph(string symbol, int years = 2,int width = 500, int height=350) { if (width == 0) width = 500; if (height == 0) height = 350; StockServer server = new StockServer(); return server.GetStockHistoryGraph(symbol,"Stock History for " + symbol,width,height,years); } I can now hook this up into the JavaScript code when I get a stock quote. At the end of the process I can assign the URL to the service that returns the image into the src property and so force the image to display. Here's the changed code: $("#btnStockQuote").click(function () { var symbol = $("#txtSymbol").val(); ajaxCallMethod("SampleService.ashx", "GetStockQuote", [symbol], function (quote) { $("#divStockDisplay").fadeIn(1000); $("#stockCompany").text(quote.Company + " (" + quote.Symbol + ")"); $("#stockLastPrice").text(quote.LastPrice); $("#stockQuoteTime").text(quote.LastQuoteTime.formatDate("MMM dd, hh:mmt")); // display a stock chart $("#imgStockHistory").attr("src", "stocks/history/graph/" + symbol + "/2"); },onPageError); }); The resulting output then looks like this: The charting code uses the new ASP.NET 4.0 Chart components via code to display a bar chart of the 2 year stock data as part of the StockServer class which you can find in the sample download. The ability to return arbitrary data from a service is useful as you can see - in this case the chart is clearly associated with the service and it's nice that the graph generation can happen off a handler rather than through a page. Images are common resources, but output can also be PDF reports, zip files for downloads etc. which is becoming increasingly more common to be returned from REST endpoints and other applications. Why reinvent? Obviously the examples I've shown here are pretty basic in terms of functionality. But I hope they demonstrate the core features of AJAX callbacks that you need to work through in most applications which is simple: return data, send back data and potentially retrieve data in various formats. While there are other solutions when it comes down to making AJAX callbacks and servicing REST like requests, I like the flexibility my home grown solution provides. Simply put it's still the easiest solution that I've found that addresses my common use cases: AJAX JSON RPC style callbacks Url based access XML and JSON Output from single method endpoint XML and JSON POST support, querystring input, routing parameter mapping UrlEncoded POST data support on callbacks Ability to return stream/raw string data Essentially ability to return ANYTHING from Service and pass anything All these features are available in various solutions but not together in one place. I've been using this code base for over 4 years now in a number of projects both for myself and commercial work and it's served me extremely well. Besides the AJAX functionality CallbackHandler provides, it's also an easy way to create any kind of output endpoint I need to create. Need to create a few simple routines that spit back some data, but don't want to create a Page or View or full blown handler for it? Create a CallbackHandler and add a method or multiple methods and you have your generic endpoints.  It's a quick and easy way to add small code pieces that are pretty efficient as they're running through a pretty small handler implementation. I can have this up and running in a couple of minutes literally without any setup and returning just about any kind of data. Resources Download the Sample NuGet: Westwind Web and AJAX Utilities (Westwind.Web) ajaxCallMethod() Documentation Using the AjaxMethodCallback WebForms Control West Wind Web Toolkit Home Page West Wind Web Toolkit Source Code © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2011Posted in ASP.NET  jQuery  AJAX   Tweet (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Custom ASP.NET Routing to an HttpHandler

    - by Rick Strahl
    As of version 4.0 ASP.NET natively supports routing via the now built-in System.Web.Routing namespace. Routing features are automatically integrated into the HtttpRuntime via a few custom interfaces. New Web Forms Routing Support In ASP.NET 4.0 there are a host of improvements including routing support baked into Web Forms via a RouteData property available on the Page class and RouteCollection.MapPageRoute() route handler that makes it easy to route to Web forms. To map ASP.NET Page routes is as simple as setting up the routes with MapPageRoute:protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes); } void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes) { routes.MapPageRoute("StockQuote", "StockQuote/{symbol}", "StockQuote.aspx"); routes.MapPageRoute("StockQuotes", "StockQuotes/{symbolList}", "StockQuotes.aspx"); } and then accessing the route data in the page you can then use the new Page class RouteData property to retrieve the dynamic route data information:public partial class StockQuote1 : System.Web.UI.Page { protected StockQuote Quote = null; protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { string symbol = RouteData.Values["symbol"] as string; StockServer server = new StockServer(); Quote = server.GetStockQuote(symbol); // display stock data in Page View } } Simple, quick and doesn’t require much explanation. If you’re using WebForms most of your routing needs should be served just fine by this simple mechanism. Kudos to the ASP.NET team for putting this in the box and making it easy! How Routing Works To handle Routing in ASP.NET involves these steps: Registering Routes Creating a custom RouteHandler to retrieve an HttpHandler Attaching RouteData to your HttpHandler Picking up Route Information in your Request code Registering routes makes ASP.NET aware of the Routes you want to handle via the static RouteTable.Routes collection. You basically add routes to this collection to let ASP.NET know which URL patterns it should watch for. You typically hook up routes off a RegisterRoutes method that fires in Application_Start as I did in the example above to ensure routes are added only once when the application first starts up. When you create a route, you pass in a RouteHandler instance which ASP.NET caches and reuses as routes are matched. Once registered ASP.NET monitors the routes and if a match is found just prior to the HttpHandler instantiation, ASP.NET uses the RouteHandler registered for the route and calls GetHandler() on it to retrieve an HttpHandler instance. The RouteHandler.GetHandler() method is responsible for creating an instance of an HttpHandler that is to handle the request and – if necessary – to assign any additional custom data to the handler. At minimum you probably want to pass the RouteData to the handler so the handler can identify the request based on the route data available. To do this you typically add  a RouteData property to your handler and then assign the property from the RouteHandlers request context. This is essentially how Page.RouteData comes into being and this approach should work well for any custom handler implementation that requires RouteData. It’s a shame that ASP.NET doesn’t have a top level intrinsic object that’s accessible off the HttpContext object to provide route data more generically, but since RouteData is directly tied to HttpHandlers and not all handlers support it it might cause some confusion of when it’s actually available. Bottom line is that if you want to hold on to RouteData you have to assign it to a custom property of the handler or else pass it to the handler via Context.Items[] object that can be retrieved on an as needed basis. It’s important to understand that routing is hooked up via RouteHandlers that are responsible for loading HttpHandler instances. RouteHandlers are invoked for every request that matches a route and through this RouteHandler instance the Handler gains access to the current RouteData. Because of this logic it’s important to understand that Routing is really tied to HttpHandlers and not available prior to handler instantiation, which is pretty late in the HttpRuntime’s request pipeline. IOW, Routing works with Handlers but not with earlier in the pipeline within Modules. Specifically ASP.NET calls RouteHandler.GetHandler() from the PostResolveRequestCache HttpRuntime pipeline event. Here’s the call stack at the beginning of the GetHandler() call: which fires just before handler resolution. Non-Page Routing – You need to build custom RouteHandlers If you need to route to a custom Http Handler or other non-Page (and non-MVC) endpoint in the HttpRuntime, there is no generic mapping support available. You need to create a custom RouteHandler that can manage creating an instance of an HttpHandler that is fired in response to a routed request. Depending on what you are doing this process can be simple or fairly involved as your code is responsible based on the route data provided which handler to instantiate, and more importantly how to pass the route data on to the Handler. Luckily creating a RouteHandler is easy by implementing the IRouteHandler interface which has only a single GetHttpHandler(RequestContext context) method. In this method you can pick up the requestContext.RouteData, instantiate the HttpHandler of choice, and assign the RouteData to it. Then pass back the handler and you’re done.Here’s a simple example of GetHttpHandler() method that dynamically creates a handler based on a passed in Handler type./// <summary> /// Retrieves an Http Handler based on the type specified in the constructor /// </summary> /// <param name="requestContext"></param> /// <returns></returns> IHttpHandler IRouteHandler.GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; // If we're dealing with a Callback Handler // pass the RouteData for this route to the Handler if (handler is CallbackHandler) ((CallbackHandler)handler).RouteData = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; } Note that this code checks for a specific type of handler and if it matches assigns the RouteData to this handler. This is optional but quite a common scenario if you want to work with RouteData. If the handler you need to instantiate isn’t under your control but you still need to pass RouteData to Handler code, an alternative is to pass the RouteData via the HttpContext.Items collection:IHttpHandler IRouteHandler.GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; requestContext.HttpContext.Items["RouteData"] = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; } The code in the handler implementation can then pick up the RouteData from the context collection as needed:RouteData routeData = HttpContext.Current.Items["RouteData"] as RouteData This isn’t as clean as having an explicit RouteData property, but it does have the advantage that the route data is visible anywhere in the Handler’s code chain. It’s definitely preferable to create a custom property on your handler, but the Context work-around works in a pinch when you don’t’ own the handler code and have dynamic code executing as part of the handler execution. An Example of a Custom RouteHandler: Attribute Based Route Implementation In this post I’m going to discuss a custom routine implementation I built for my CallbackHandler class in the West Wind Web & Ajax Toolkit. CallbackHandler can be very easily used for creating AJAX, REST and POX requests following RPC style method mapping. You can pass parameters via URL query string, POST data or raw data structures, and you can retrieve results as JSON, XML or raw string/binary data. It’s a quick and easy way to build service interfaces with no fuss. As a quick review here’s how CallbackHandler works: You create an Http Handler that derives from CallbackHandler You implement methods that have a [CallbackMethod] Attribute and that’s it. Here’s an example of an CallbackHandler implementation in an ashx.cs based handler:// RestService.ashx.cs public class RestService : CallbackHandler { [CallbackMethod] public StockQuote GetStockQuote(string symbol) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); return server.GetStockQuote(symbol); } [CallbackMethod] public StockQuote[] GetStockQuotes(string symbolList) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); string[] symbols = symbolList.Split(new char[2] { ',',';' },StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries); return server.GetStockQuotes(symbols); } } CallbackHandler makes it super easy to create a method on the server, pass data to it via POST, QueryString or raw JSON/XML data, and then retrieve the results easily back in various formats. This works wonderful and I’ve used these tools in many projects for myself and with clients. But one thing missing has been the ability to create clean URLs. Typical URLs looked like this: http://www.west-wind.com/WestwindWebToolkit/samples/Rest/StockService.ashx?Method=GetStockQuote&symbol=msfthttp://www.west-wind.com/WestwindWebToolkit/samples/Rest/StockService.ashx?Method=GetStockQuotes&symbolList=msft,intc,gld,slw,mwe&format=xml which works and is clear enough, but also clearly very ugly. It would be much nicer if URLs could look like this: http://www.west-wind.com//WestwindWebtoolkit/Samples/StockQuote/msfthttp://www.west-wind.com/WestwindWebtoolkit/Samples/StockQuotes/msft,intc,gld,slw?format=xml (the Virtual Root in this sample is WestWindWebToolkit/Samples and StockQuote/{symbol} is the route)(If you use FireFox try using the JSONView plug-in make it easier to view JSON content) So, taking a clue from the WCF REST tools that use RouteUrls I set out to create a way to specify RouteUrls for each of the endpoints. The change made basically allows changing the above to: [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="RestService/StockQuote/{symbol}")] public StockQuote GetStockQuote(string symbol) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); return server.GetStockQuote(symbol); } [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl = "RestService/StockQuotes/{symbolList}")] public StockQuote[] GetStockQuotes(string symbolList) { StockServer server = new StockServer(); string[] symbols = symbolList.Split(new char[2] { ',',';' },StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries); return server.GetStockQuotes(symbols); } where a RouteUrl is specified as part of the Callback attribute. And with the changes made with RouteUrls I can now get URLs like the second set shown earlier. So how does that work? Let’s find out… How to Create Custom Routes As mentioned earlier Routing is made up of several steps: Creating a custom RouteHandler to create HttpHandler instances Mapping the actual Routes to the RouteHandler Retrieving the RouteData and actually doing something useful with it in the HttpHandler In the CallbackHandler routing example above this works out to something like this: Create a custom RouteHandler that includes a property to track the method to call Set up the routes using Reflection against the class Looking for any RouteUrls in the CallbackMethod attribute Add a RouteData property to the CallbackHandler so we can access the RouteData in the code of the handler Creating a Custom Route Handler To make the above work I created a custom RouteHandler class that includes the actual IRouteHandler implementation as well as a generic and static method to automatically register all routes marked with the [CallbackMethod(RouteUrl="…")] attribute. Here’s the code:/// <summary> /// Route handler that can create instances of CallbackHandler derived /// callback classes. The route handler tracks the method name and /// creates an instance of the service in a predictable manner /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="TCallbackHandler">CallbackHandler type</typeparam> public class CallbackHandlerRouteHandler : IRouteHandler { /// <summary> /// Method name that is to be called on this route. /// Set by the automatically generated RegisterRoutes /// invokation. /// </summary> public string MethodName { get; set; } /// <summary> /// The type of the handler we're going to instantiate. /// Needed so we can semi-generically instantiate the /// handler and call the method on it. /// </summary> public Type CallbackHandlerType { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Constructor to pass in the two required components we /// need to create an instance of our handler. /// </summary> /// <param name="methodName"></param> /// <param name="callbackHandlerType"></param> public CallbackHandlerRouteHandler(string methodName, Type callbackHandlerType) { MethodName = methodName; CallbackHandlerType = callbackHandlerType; } /// <summary> /// Retrieves an Http Handler based on the type specified in the constructor /// </summary> /// <param name="requestContext"></param> /// <returns></returns> IHttpHandler IRouteHandler.GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; // If we're dealing with a Callback Handler // pass the RouteData for this route to the Handler if (handler is CallbackHandler) ((CallbackHandler)handler).RouteData = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; } /// <summary> /// Generic method to register all routes from a CallbackHandler /// that have RouteUrls defined on the [CallbackMethod] attribute /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="TCallbackHandler">CallbackHandler Type</typeparam> /// <param name="routes"></param> public static void RegisterRoutes<TCallbackHandler>(RouteCollection routes) { // find all methods var methods = typeof(TCallbackHandler).GetMethods(BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public); foreach (var method in methods) { var attrs = method.GetCustomAttributes(typeof(CallbackMethodAttribute), false); if (attrs.Length < 1) continue; CallbackMethodAttribute attr = attrs[0] as CallbackMethodAttribute; if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(attr.RouteUrl)) continue; // Add the route routes.Add(method.Name, new Route(attr.RouteUrl, new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler(method.Name, typeof(TCallbackHandler)))); } } } The RouteHandler implements IRouteHandler, and its responsibility via the GetHandler method is to create an HttpHandler based on the route data. When ASP.NET calls GetHandler it passes a requestContext parameter which includes a requestContext.RouteData property. This parameter holds the current request’s route data as well as an instance of the current RouteHandler. If you look at GetHttpHandler() you can see that the code creates an instance of the handler we are interested in and then sets the RouteData property on the handler. This is how you can pass the current request’s RouteData to the handler. The RouteData object also has a  RouteData.RouteHandler property that is also available to the Handler later, which is useful in order to get additional information about the current route. In our case here the RouteHandler includes a MethodName property that identifies the method to execute in the handler since that value no longer comes from the URL so we need to figure out the method name some other way. The method name is mapped explicitly when the RouteHandler is created and here the static method that auto-registers all CallbackMethods with RouteUrls sets the method name when it creates the routes while reflecting over the methods (more on this in a minute). The important point here is that you can attach additional properties to the RouteHandler and you can then later access the RouteHandler and its properties later in the Handler to pick up these custom values. This is a crucial feature in that the RouteHandler serves in passing additional context to the handler so it knows what actions to perform. The automatic route registration is handled by the static RegisterRoutes<TCallbackHandler> method. This method is generic and totally reusable for any CallbackHandler type handler. To register a CallbackHandler and any RouteUrls it has defined you simple use code like this in Application_Start (or other application startup code):protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { // Register Routes for RestService CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes<RestService>(RouteTable.Routes); } If you have multiple CallbackHandler style services you can make multiple calls to RegisterRoutes for each of the service types. RegisterRoutes internally uses reflection to run through all the methods of the Handler, looking for CallbackMethod attributes and whether a RouteUrl is specified. If it is a new instance of a CallbackHandlerRouteHandler is created and the name of the method and the type are set. routes.Add(method.Name,           new Route(attr.RouteUrl, new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler(method.Name, typeof(TCallbackHandler) )) ); While the routing with CallbackHandlerRouteHandler is set up automatically for all methods that use the RouteUrl attribute, you can also use code to hook up those routes manually and skip using the attribute. The code for this is straightforward and just requires that you manually map each individual route to each method you want a routed: protected void Application_Start(objectsender, EventArgs e){    RegisterRoutes(RouteTable.Routes);}void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes) { routes.Add("StockQuote Route",new Route("StockQuote/{symbol}",                     new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler("GetStockQuote",typeof(RestService) ) ) );     routes.Add("StockQuotes Route",new Route("StockQuotes/{symbolList}",                     new CallbackHandlerRouteHandler("GetStockQuotes",typeof(RestService) ) ) );}I think it’s clearly easier to have CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes() do this automatically for you based on RouteUrl attributes, but some people have a real aversion to attaching logic via attributes. Just realize that the option to manually create your routes is available as well. Using the RouteData in the Handler A RouteHandler’s responsibility is to create an HttpHandler and as mentioned earlier, natively IHttpHandler doesn’t have any support for RouteData. In order to utilize RouteData in your handler code you have to pass the RouteData to the handler. In my CallbackHandlerRouteHandler when it creates the HttpHandler instance it creates the instance and then assigns the custom RouteData property on the handler:IHttpHandler handler = Activator.CreateInstance(CallbackHandlerType) as IHttpHandler; if (handler is CallbackHandler) ((CallbackHandler)handler).RouteData = requestContext.RouteData; return handler; Again this only works if you actually add a RouteData property to your handler explicitly as I did in my CallbackHandler implementation:/// <summary> /// Optionally store RouteData on this handler /// so we can access it internally /// </summary> public RouteData RouteData {get; set; } and the RouteHandler needs to set it when it creates the handler instance. Once you have the route data in your handler you can access Route Keys and Values and also the RouteHandler. Since my RouteHandler has a custom property for the MethodName to retrieve it from within the handler I can do something like this now to retrieve the MethodName (this example is actually not in the handler but target is an instance pass to the processor): // check for Route Data method name if (target is CallbackHandler) { var routeData = ((CallbackHandler)target).RouteData; if (routeData != null) methodToCall = ((CallbackHandlerRouteHandler)routeData.RouteHandler).MethodName; } When I need to access the dynamic values in the route ( symbol in StockQuote/{symbol}) I can retrieve it easily with the Values collection (RouteData.Values["symbol"]). In my CallbackHandler processing logic I’m basically looking for matching parameter names to Route parameters: // look for parameters in the routeif(routeData != null){    string parmString = routeData.Values[parameter.Name] as string;    adjustedParms[parmCounter] = ReflectionUtils.StringToTypedValue(parmString, parameter.ParameterType);} And with that we’ve come full circle. We’ve created a custom RouteHandler() that passes the RouteData to the handler it creates. We’ve registered our routes to use the RouteHandler, and we’ve utilized the route data in our handler. For completeness sake here’s the routine that executes a method call based on the parameters passed in and one of the options is to retrieve the inbound parameters off RouteData (as well as from POST data or QueryString parameters):internal object ExecuteMethod(string method, object target, string[] parameters, CallbackMethodParameterType paramType, ref CallbackMethodAttribute callbackMethodAttribute) { HttpRequest Request = HttpContext.Current.Request; object Result = null; // Stores parsed parameters (from string JSON or QUeryString Values) object[] adjustedParms = null; Type PageType = target.GetType(); MethodInfo MI = PageType.GetMethod(method, BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.NonPublic); if (MI == null) throw new InvalidOperationException("Invalid Server Method."); object[] methods = MI.GetCustomAttributes(typeof(CallbackMethodAttribute), false); if (methods.Length < 1) throw new InvalidOperationException("Server method is not accessible due to missing CallbackMethod attribute"); if (callbackMethodAttribute != null) callbackMethodAttribute = methods[0] as CallbackMethodAttribute; ParameterInfo[] parms = MI.GetParameters(); JSONSerializer serializer = new JSONSerializer(); RouteData routeData = null; if (target is CallbackHandler) routeData = ((CallbackHandler)target).RouteData; int parmCounter = 0; adjustedParms = new object[parms.Length]; foreach (ParameterInfo parameter in parms) { // Retrieve parameters out of QueryString or POST buffer if (parameters == null) { // look for parameters in the route if (routeData != null) { string parmString = routeData.Values[parameter.Name] as string; adjustedParms[parmCounter] = ReflectionUtils.StringToTypedValue(parmString, parameter.ParameterType); } // GET parameter are parsed as plain string values - no JSON encoding else if (HttpContext.Current.Request.HttpMethod == "GET") { // Look up the parameter by name string parmString = Request.QueryString[parameter.Name]; adjustedParms[parmCounter] = ReflectionUtils.StringToTypedValue(parmString, parameter.ParameterType); } // POST parameters are treated as methodParameters that are JSON encoded else if (paramType == CallbackMethodParameterType.Json) //string newVariable = methodParameters.GetValue(parmCounter) as string; adjustedParms[parmCounter] = serializer.Deserialize(Request.Params["parm" + (parmCounter + 1).ToString()], parameter.ParameterType); else adjustedParms[parmCounter] = SerializationUtils.DeSerializeObject( Request.Params["parm" + (parmCounter + 1).ToString()], parameter.ParameterType); } else if (paramType == CallbackMethodParameterType.Json) adjustedParms[parmCounter] = serializer.Deserialize(parameters[parmCounter], parameter.ParameterType); else adjustedParms[parmCounter] = SerializationUtils.DeSerializeObject(parameters[parmCounter], parameter.ParameterType); parmCounter++; } Result = MI.Invoke(target, adjustedParms); return Result; } The code basically uses Reflection to loop through all the parameters available on the method and tries to assign the parameters from RouteData, QueryString or POST variables. The parameters are converted into their appropriate types and then used to eventually make a Reflection based method call. What’s sweet is that the RouteData retrieval is just another option for dealing with the inbound data in this scenario and it adds exactly two lines of code plus the code to retrieve the MethodName I showed previously – a seriously low impact addition that adds a lot of extra value to this endpoint callback processing implementation. Debugging your Routes If you create a lot of routes it’s easy to run into Route conflicts where multiple routes have the same path and overlap with each other. This can be difficult to debug especially if you are using automatically generated routes like the routes created by CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes. Luckily there’s a tool that can help you out with this nicely. Phill Haack created a RouteDebugging tool you can download and add to your project. The easiest way to do this is to grab and add this to your project is to use NuGet (Add Library Package from your Project’s Reference Nodes):   which adds a RouteDebug assembly to your project. Once installed you can easily debug your routes with this simple line of code which needs to be installed at application startup:protected void Application_Start(object sender, EventArgs e) { CallbackHandlerRouteHandler.RegisterRoutes<StockService>(RouteTable.Routes); // Debug your routes RouteDebug.RouteDebugger.RewriteRoutesForTesting(RouteTable.Routes); } Any routed URL then displays something like this: The screen shows you your current route data and all the routes that are mapped along with a flag that displays which route was actually matched. This is useful – if you have any overlap of routes you will be able to see which routes are triggered – the first one in the sequence wins. This tool has saved my ass on a few occasions – and with NuGet now it’s easy to add it to your project in a few seconds and then remove it when you’re done. Routing Around Custom routing seems slightly complicated on first blush due to its disconnected components of RouteHandler, route registration and mapping of custom handlers. But once you understand the relationship between a RouteHandler, the RouteData and how to pass it to a handler, utilizing of Routing becomes a lot easier as you can easily pass context from the registration to the RouteHandler and through to the HttpHandler. The most important thing to understand when building custom routing solutions is to figure out how to map URLs in such a way that the handler can figure out all the pieces it needs to process the request. This can be via URL routing parameters and as I did in my example by passing additional context information as part of the RouteHandler instance that provides the proper execution context. In my case this ‘context’ was the method name, but it could be an actual static value like an enum identifying an operation or category in an application. Basically user supplied data comes in through the url and static application internal data can be passed via RouteHandler property values. Routing can make your application URLs easier to read by non-techie types regardless of whether you’re building Service type or REST applications, or full on Web interfaces. Routing in ASP.NET 4.0 makes it possible to create just about any extensionless URLs you can dream up and custom RouteHanmdler References Sample ProjectIncludes the sample CallbackHandler service discussed here along with compiled versionsof the Westwind.Web and Westwind.Utilities assemblies.  (requires .NET 4.0/VS 2010) West Wind Web Toolkit includes full implementation of CallbackHandler and the Routing Handler West Wind Web Toolkit Source CodeContains the full source code to the Westwind.Web and Westwind.Utilities assemblies usedin these samples. Includes the source described in the post.(Latest build in the Subversion Repository) CallbackHandler Source(Relevant code to this article tree in Westwind.Web assembly) JSONView FireFoxPluginA simple FireFox Plugin to easily view JSON data natively in FireFox.For IE you can use a registry hack to display JSON as raw text.© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2011Posted in ASP.NET  AJAX  HTTP  

    Read the article

  • A way of doing real-world test-driven development (and some thoughts about it)

    - by Thomas Weller
    Lately, I exchanged some arguments with Derick Bailey about some details of the red-green-refactor cycle of the Test-driven development process. In short, the issue revolved around the fact that it’s not enough to have a test red or green, but it’s also important to have it red or green for the right reasons. While for me, it’s sufficient to initially have a NotImplementedException in place, Derick argues that this is not totally correct (see these two posts: Red/Green/Refactor, For The Right Reasons and Red For The Right Reason: Fail By Assertion, Not By Anything Else). And he’s right. But on the other hand, I had no idea how his insights could have any practical consequence for my own individual interpretation of the red-green-refactor cycle (which is not really red-green-refactor, at least not in its pure sense, see the rest of this article). This made me think deeply for some days now. In the end I found out that the ‘right reason’ changes in my understanding depending on what development phase I’m in. To make this clear (at least I hope it becomes clear…) I started to describe my way of working in some detail, and then something strange happened: The scope of the article slightly shifted from focusing ‘only’ on the ‘right reason’ issue to something more general, which you might describe as something like  'Doing real-world TDD in .NET , with massive use of third-party add-ins’. This is because I feel that there is a more general statement about Test-driven development to make:  It’s high time to speak about the ‘How’ of TDD, not always only the ‘Why’. Much has been said about this, and me myself also contributed to that (see here: TDD is not about testing, it's about how we develop software). But always justifying what you do is very unsatisfying in the long run, it is inherently defensive, and it costs time and effort that could be used for better and more important things. And frankly: I’m somewhat sick and tired of repeating time and again that the test-driven way of software development is highly preferable for many reasons - I don’t want to spent my time exclusively on stating the obvious… So, again, let’s say it clearly: TDD is programming, and programming is TDD. Other ways of programming (code-first, sometimes called cowboy-coding) are exceptional and need justification. – I know that there are many people out there who will disagree with this radical statement, and I also know that it’s not a description of the real world but more of a mission statement or something. But nevertheless I’m absolutely sure that in some years this statement will be nothing but a platitude. Side note: Some parts of this post read as if I were paid by Jetbrains (the manufacturer of the ReSharper add-in – R#), but I swear I’m not. Rather I think that Visual Studio is just not production-complete without it, and I wouldn’t even consider to do professional work without having this add-in installed... The three parts of a software component Before I go into some details, I first should describe my understanding of what belongs to a software component (assembly, type, or method) during the production process (i.e. the coding phase). Roughly, I come up with the three parts shown below:   First, we need to have some initial sort of requirement. This can be a multi-page formal document, a vague idea in some programmer’s brain of what might be needed, or anything in between. In either way, there has to be some sort of requirement, be it explicit or not. – At the C# micro-level, the best way that I found to formulate that is to define interfaces for just about everything, even for internal classes, and to provide them with exhaustive xml comments. The next step then is to re-formulate these requirements in an executable form. This is specific to the respective programming language. - For C#/.NET, the Gallio framework (which includes MbUnit) in conjunction with the ReSharper add-in for Visual Studio is my toolset of choice. The third part then finally is the production code itself. It’s development is entirely driven by the requirements and their executable formulation. This is the delivery, the two other parts are ‘only’ there to make its production possible, to give it a decent quality and reliability, and to significantly reduce related costs down the maintenance timeline. So while the first two parts are not really relevant for the customer, they are very important for the developer. The customer (or in Scrum terms: the Product Owner) is not interested at all in how  the product is developed, he is only interested in the fact that it is developed as cost-effective as possible, and that it meets his functional and non-functional requirements. The rest is solely a matter of the developer’s craftsmanship, and this is what I want to talk about during the remainder of this article… An example To demonstrate my way of doing real-world TDD, I decided to show the development of a (very) simple Calculator component. The example is deliberately trivial and silly, as examples always are. I am totally aware of the fact that real life is never that simple, but I only want to show some development principles here… The requirement As already said above, I start with writing down some words on the initial requirement, and I normally use interfaces for that, even for internal classes - the typical question “intf or not” doesn’t even come to mind. I need them for my usual workflow and using them automatically produces high componentized and testable code anyway. To think about their usage in every single situation would slow down the production process unnecessarily. So this is what I begin with: namespace Calculator {     /// <summary>     /// Defines a very simple calculator component for demo purposes.     /// </summary>     public interface ICalculator     {         /// <summary>         /// Gets the result of the last successful operation.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The last result.</value>         /// <remarks>         /// Will be <see langword="null" /> before the first successful operation.         /// </remarks>         double? LastResult { get; }       } // interface ICalculator   } // namespace Calculator So, I’m not beginning with a test, but with a sort of code declaration - and still I insist on being 100% test-driven. There are three important things here: Starting this way gives me a method signature, which allows to use IntelliSense and AutoCompletion and thus eliminates the danger of typos - one of the most regular, annoying, time-consuming, and therefore expensive sources of error in the development process. In my understanding, the interface definition as a whole is more of a readable requirement document and technical documentation than anything else. So this is at least as much about documentation than about coding. The documentation must completely describe the behavior of the documented element. I normally use an IoC container or some sort of self-written provider-like model in my architecture. In either case, I need my components defined via service interfaces anyway. - I will use the LinFu IoC framework here, for no other reason as that is is very simple to use. The ‘Red’ (pt. 1)   First I create a folder for the project’s third-party libraries and put the LinFu.Core dll there. Then I set up a test project (via a Gallio project template), and add references to the Calculator project and the LinFu dll. Finally I’m ready to write the first test, which will look like the following: namespace Calculator.Test {     [TestFixture]     public class CalculatorTest     {         private readonly ServiceContainer container = new ServiceContainer();           [Test]         public void CalculatorLastResultIsInitiallyNull()         {             ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();               Assert.IsNull(calculator.LastResult);         }       } // class CalculatorTest   } // namespace Calculator.Test       This is basically the executable formulation of what the interface definition states (part of). Side note: There’s one principle of TDD that is just plain wrong in my eyes: I’m talking about the Red is 'does not compile' thing. How could a compiler error ever be interpreted as a valid test outcome? I never understood that, it just makes no sense to me. (Or, in Derick’s terms: this reason is as wrong as a reason ever could be…) A compiler error tells me: Your code is incorrect, but nothing more.  Instead, the ‘Red’ part of the red-green-refactor cycle has a clearly defined meaning to me: It means that the test works as intended and fails only if its assumptions are not met for some reason. Back to our Calculator. When I execute the above test with R#, the Gallio plugin will give me this output: So this tells me that the test is red for the wrong reason: There’s no implementation that the IoC-container could load, of course. So let’s fix that. With R#, this is very easy: First, create an ICalculator - derived type:        Next, implement the interface members: And finally, move the new class to its own file: So far my ‘work’ was six mouse clicks long, the only thing that’s left to do manually here, is to add the Ioc-specific wiring-declaration and also to make the respective class non-public, which I regularly do to force my components to communicate exclusively via interfaces: This is what my Calculator class looks like as of now: using System; using LinFu.IoC.Configuration;   namespace Calculator {     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         public double? LastResult         {             get             {                 throw new NotImplementedException();             }         }     } } Back to the test fixture, we have to put our IoC container to work: [TestFixture] public class CalculatorTest {     #region Fields       private readonly ServiceContainer container = new ServiceContainer();       #endregion // Fields       #region Setup/TearDown       [FixtureSetUp]     public void FixtureSetUp()     {        container.LoadFrom(AppDomain.CurrentDomain.BaseDirectory, "Calculator.dll");     }       ... Because I have a R# live template defined for the setup/teardown method skeleton as well, the only manual coding here again is the IoC-specific stuff: two lines, not more… The ‘Red’ (pt. 2) Now, the execution of the above test gives the following result: This time, the test outcome tells me that the method under test is called. And this is the point, where Derick and I seem to have somewhat different views on the subject: Of course, the test still is worthless regarding the red/green outcome (or: it’s still red for the wrong reasons, in that it gives a false negative). But as far as I am concerned, I’m not really interested in the test outcome at this point of the red-green-refactor cycle. Rather, I only want to assert that my test actually calls the right method. If that’s the case, I will happily go on to the ‘Green’ part… The ‘Green’ Making the test green is quite trivial. Just make LastResult an automatic property:     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         public double? LastResult { get; private set; }     }         One more round… Now on to something slightly more demanding (cough…). Let’s state that our Calculator exposes an Add() method:         ...   /// <summary>         /// Adds the specified operands.         /// </summary>         /// <param name="operand1">The operand1.</param>         /// <param name="operand2">The operand2.</param>         /// <returns>The result of the additon.</returns>         /// <exception cref="ArgumentException">         /// Argument <paramref name="operand1"/> is &lt; 0.<br/>         /// -- or --<br/>         /// Argument <paramref name="operand2"/> is &lt; 0.         /// </exception>         double Add(double operand1, double operand2);       } // interface ICalculator A remark: I sometimes hear the complaint that xml comment stuff like the above is hard to read. That’s certainly true, but irrelevant to me, because I read xml code comments with the CR_Documentor tool window. And using that, it looks like this:   Apart from that, I’m heavily using xml code comments (see e.g. here for a detailed guide) because there is the possibility of automating help generation with nightly CI builds (using MS Sandcastle and the Sandcastle Help File Builder), and then publishing the results to some intranet location.  This way, a team always has first class, up-to-date technical documentation at hand about the current codebase. (And, also very important for speeding up things and avoiding typos: You have IntelliSense/AutoCompletion and R# support, and the comments are subject to compiler checking…).     Back to our Calculator again: Two more R# – clicks implement the Add() skeleton:         ...           public double Add(double operand1, double operand2)         {             throw new NotImplementedException();         }       } // class Calculator As we have stated in the interface definition (which actually serves as our requirement document!), the operands are not allowed to be negative. So let’s start implementing that. Here’s the test: [Test] [Row(-0.5, 2)] public void AddThrowsOnNegativeOperands(double operand1, double operand2) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       Assert.Throws<ArgumentException>(() => calculator.Add(operand1, operand2)); } As you can see, I’m using a data-driven unit test method here, mainly for these two reasons: Because I know that I will have to do the same test for the second operand in a few seconds, I save myself from implementing another test method for this purpose. Rather, I only will have to add another Row attribute to the existing one. From the test report below, you can see that the argument values are explicitly printed out. This can be a valuable documentation feature even when everything is green: One can quickly review what values were tested exactly - the complete Gallio HTML-report (as it will be produced by the Continuous Integration runs) shows these values in a quite clear format (see below for an example). Back to our Calculator development again, this is what the test result tells us at the moment: So we’re red again, because there is not yet an implementation… Next we go on and implement the necessary parameter verification to become green again, and then we do the same thing for the second operand. To make a long story short, here’s the test and the method implementation at the end of the second cycle: // in CalculatorTest:   [Test] [Row(-0.5, 2)] [Row(295, -123)] public void AddThrowsOnNegativeOperands(double operand1, double operand2) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       Assert.Throws<ArgumentException>(() => calculator.Add(operand1, operand2)); }   // in Calculator: public double Add(double operand1, double operand2) {     if (operand1 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");     }     if (operand2 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");     }     throw new NotImplementedException(); } So far, we have sheltered our method from unwanted input, and now we can safely operate on the parameters without further caring about their validity (this is my interpretation of the Fail Fast principle, which is regarded here in more detail). Now we can think about the method’s successful outcomes. First let’s write another test for that: [Test] [Row(1, 1, 2)] public void TestAdd(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Add(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); } Again, I’m regularly using row based test methods for these kinds of unit tests. The above shown pattern proved to be extremely helpful for my development work, I call it the Defined-Input/Expected-Output test idiom: You define your input arguments together with the expected method result. There are two major benefits from that way of testing: In the course of refining a method, it’s very likely to come up with additional test cases. In our case, we might add tests for some edge cases like ‘one of the operands is zero’ or ‘the sum of the two operands causes an overflow’, or maybe there’s an external test protocol that has to be fulfilled (e.g. an ISO norm for medical software), and this results in the need of testing against additional values. In all these scenarios we only have to add another Row attribute to the test. Remember that the argument values are written to the test report, so as a side-effect this produces valuable documentation. (This can become especially important if the fulfillment of some sort of external requirements has to be proven). So your test method might look something like that in the end: [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 2)] [Row(0, 999999999, 999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, double.MaxValue)] public void TestAdd(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Add(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); } And this will produce the following HTML report (with Gallio):   Not bad for the amount of work we invested in it, huh? - There might be scenarios where reports like that can be useful for demonstration purposes during a Scrum sprint review… The last requirement to fulfill is that the LastResult property is expected to store the result of the last operation. I don’t show this here, it’s trivial enough and brings nothing new… And finally: Refactor (for the right reasons) To demonstrate my way of going through the refactoring portion of the red-green-refactor cycle, I added another method to our Calculator component, namely Subtract(). Here’s the code (tests and production): // CalculatorTest.cs:   [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 0)] [Row(0, 999999999, -999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, -double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, -double.MaxValue)] public void TestSubtract(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Subtract(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); }   [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 0)] [Row(0, 999999999, -999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, -double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, -double.MaxValue)] public void TestSubtractGivesExpectedLastResult(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       calculator.Subtract(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, calculator.LastResult); }   ...   // ICalculator.cs: /// <summary> /// Subtracts the specified operands. /// </summary> /// <param name="operand1">The operand1.</param> /// <param name="operand2">The operand2.</param> /// <returns>The result of the subtraction.</returns> /// <exception cref="ArgumentException"> /// Argument <paramref name="operand1"/> is &lt; 0.<br/> /// -- or --<br/> /// Argument <paramref name="operand2"/> is &lt; 0. /// </exception> double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2);   ...   // Calculator.cs:   public double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2) {     if (operand1 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");     }       if (operand2 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");     }       return (this.LastResult = operand1 - operand2).Value; }   Obviously, the argument validation stuff that was produced during the red-green part of our cycle duplicates the code from the previous Add() method. So, to avoid code duplication and minimize the number of code lines of the production code, we do an Extract Method refactoring. One more time, this is only a matter of a few mouse clicks (and giving the new method a name) with R#: Having done that, our production code finally looks like that: using System; using LinFu.IoC.Configuration;   namespace Calculator {     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         #region ICalculator           public double? LastResult { get; private set; }           public double Add(double operand1, double operand2)         {             ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(operand1, operand2);               return (this.LastResult = operand1 + operand2).Value;         }           public double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2)         {             ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(operand1, operand2);               return (this.LastResult = operand1 - operand2).Value;         }           #endregion // ICalculator           #region Implementation (Helper)           private static void ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(double operand1, double operand2)         {             if (operand1 < 0.0)             {                 throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");             }               if (operand2 < 0.0)             {                 throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");             }         }           #endregion // Implementation (Helper)       } // class Calculator   } // namespace Calculator But is the above worth the effort at all? It’s obviously trivial and not very impressive. All our tests were green (for the right reasons), and refactoring the code did not change anything. It’s not immediately clear how this refactoring work adds value to the project. Derick puts it like this: STOP! Hold on a second… before you go any further and before you even think about refactoring what you just wrote to make your test pass, you need to understand something: if your done with your requirements after making the test green, you are not required to refactor the code. I know… I’m speaking heresy, here. Toss me to the wolves, I’ve gone over to the dark side! Seriously, though… if your test is passing for the right reasons, and you do not need to write any test or any more code for you class at this point, what value does refactoring add? Derick immediately answers his own question: So why should you follow the refactor portion of red/green/refactor? When you have added code that makes the system less readable, less understandable, less expressive of the domain or concern’s intentions, less architecturally sound, less DRY, etc, then you should refactor it. I couldn’t state it more precise. From my personal perspective, I’d add the following: You have to keep in mind that real-world software systems are usually quite large and there are dozens or even hundreds of occasions where micro-refactorings like the above can be applied. It’s the sum of them all that counts. And to have a good overall quality of the system (e.g. in terms of the Code Duplication Percentage metric) you have to be pedantic on the individual, seemingly trivial cases. My job regularly requires the reading and understanding of ‘foreign’ code. So code quality/readability really makes a HUGE difference for me – sometimes it can be even the difference between project success and failure… Conclusions The above described development process emerged over the years, and there were mainly two things that guided its evolution (you might call it eternal principles, personal beliefs, or anything in between): Test-driven development is the normal, natural way of writing software, code-first is exceptional. So ‘doing TDD or not’ is not a question. And good, stable code can only reliably be produced by doing TDD (yes, I know: many will strongly disagree here again, but I’ve never seen high-quality code – and high-quality code is code that stood the test of time and causes low maintenance costs – that was produced code-first…) It’s the production code that pays our bills in the end. (Though I have seen customers these days who demand an acceptance test battery as part of the final delivery. Things seem to go into the right direction…). The test code serves ‘only’ to make the production code work. But it’s the number of delivered features which solely counts at the end of the day - no matter how much test code you wrote or how good it is. With these two things in mind, I tried to optimize my coding process for coding speed – or, in business terms: productivity - without sacrificing the principles of TDD (more than I’d do either way…).  As a result, I consider a ratio of about 3-5/1 for test code vs. production code as normal and desirable. In other words: roughly 60-80% of my code is test code (This might sound heavy, but that is mainly due to the fact that software development standards only begin to evolve. The entire software development profession is very young, historically seen; only at the very beginning, and there are no viable standards yet. If you think about software development as a kind of casting process, where the test code is the mold and the resulting production code is the final product, then the above ratio sounds no longer extraordinary…) Although the above might look like very much unnecessary work at first sight, it’s not. With the aid of the mentioned add-ins, doing all the above is a matter of minutes, sometimes seconds (while writing this post took hours and days…). The most important thing is to have the right tools at hand. Slow developer machines or the lack of a tool or something like that - for ‘saving’ a few 100 bucks -  is just not acceptable and a very bad decision in business terms (though I quite some times have seen and heard that…). Production of high-quality products needs the usage of high-quality tools. This is a platitude that every craftsman knows… The here described round-trip will take me about five to ten minutes in my real-world development practice. I guess it’s about 30% more time compared to developing the ‘traditional’ (code-first) way. But the so manufactured ‘product’ is of much higher quality and massively reduces maintenance costs, which is by far the single biggest cost factor, as I showed in this previous post: It's the maintenance, stupid! (or: Something is rotten in developerland.). In the end, this is a highly cost-effective way of software development… But on the other hand, there clearly is a trade-off here: coding speed vs. code quality/later maintenance costs. The here described development method might be a perfect fit for the overwhelming majority of software projects, but there certainly are some scenarios where it’s not - e.g. if time-to-market is crucial for a software project. So this is a business decision in the end. It’s just that you have to know what you’re doing and what consequences this might have… Some last words First, I’d like to thank Derick Bailey again. His two aforementioned posts (which I strongly recommend for reading) inspired me to think deeply about my own personal way of doing TDD and to clarify my thoughts about it. I wouldn’t have done that without this inspiration. I really enjoy that kind of discussions… I agree with him in all respects. But I don’t know (yet?) how to bring his insights into the described production process without slowing things down. The above described method proved to be very “good enough” in my practical experience. But of course, I’m open to suggestions here… My rationale for now is: If the test is initially red during the red-green-refactor cycle, the ‘right reason’ is: it actually calls the right method, but this method is not yet operational. Later on, when the cycle is finished and the tests become part of the regular, automated Continuous Integration process, ‘red’ certainly must occur for the ‘right reason’: in this phase, ‘red’ MUST mean nothing but an unfulfilled assertion - Fail By Assertion, Not By Anything Else!

    Read the article

  • MySQL Syslog Audit Plugin

    - by jonathonc
    This post shows the construction process of the Syslog Audit plugin that was presented at MySQL Connect 2012. It is based on an environment that has the appropriate development tools enabled including gcc,g++ and cmake. It also assumes you have downloaded the MySQL source code (5.5.16 or higher) and have compiled and installed the system into the /usr/local/mysql directory ready for use.  The information provided below is designed to show the different components that make up a plugin, and specifically an audit type plugin, and how it comes together to be used within the MySQL service. The MySQL Reference Manual contains information regarding the plugin API and how it can be used, so please refer there for more detailed information. The code in this post is designed to give the simplest information necessary, so handling every return code, managing race conditions etc is not part of this example code. Let's start by looking at the most basic implementation of our plugin code as seen below: /*    Copyright (c) 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.    Author:  Jonathon Coombes    Licence: GPL    Description: An auditing plugin that logs to syslog and                 can adjust the loglevel via the system variables. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <mysql/plugin_audit.h> #include <syslog.h> There is a commented header detailing copyright/licencing and meta-data information and then the include headers. The two important include statements for our plugin are the syslog.h plugin, which gives us the structures for syslog, and the plugin_audit.h include which has details regarding the audit specific plugin api. Note that we do not need to include the general plugin header plugin.h, as this is done within the plugin_audit.h file already. To implement our plugin within the current implementation we need to add it into our source code and compile. > cd /usr/local/src/mysql-5.5.28/plugin > mkdir audit_syslog > cd audit_syslog A simple CMakeLists.txt file is created to manage the plugin compilation: MYSQL_ADD_PLUGIN(audit_syslog audit_syslog.cc MODULE_ONLY) Run the cmake  command at the top level of the source and then you can compile the plugin using the 'make' command. This results in a compiled audit_syslog.so library, but currently it is not much use to MySQL as there is no level of api defined to communicate with the MySQL service. Now we need to define the general plugin structure that enables MySQL to recognise the library as a plugin and be able to install/uninstall it and have it show up in the system. The structure is defined in the plugin.h file in the MySQL source code.  /*   Plugin library descriptor */ mysql_declare_plugin(audit_syslog) {   MYSQL_AUDIT_PLUGIN,           /* plugin type                    */   &audit_syslog_descriptor,     /* descriptor handle               */   "audit_syslog",               /* plugin name                     */   "Author Name",                /* author                          */   "Simple Syslog Audit",        /* description                     */   PLUGIN_LICENSE_GPL,           /* licence                         */   audit_syslog_init,            /* init function     */   audit_syslog_deinit,          /* deinit function */   0x0001,                       /* plugin version                  */   NULL,                         /* status variables        */   NULL,                         /* system variables                */   NULL,                         /* no reserves                     */   0,                            /* no flags                        */ } mysql_declare_plugin_end; The general plugin descriptor above is standard for all plugin types in MySQL. The plugin type is defined along with the init/deinit functions and interface methods into the system for sharing information, and various other metadata information. The descriptors have an internally recognised version number so that plugins can be matched against the api on the running server. The other details are usually related to the type-specific methods and structures to implement the plugin. Each plugin has a type-specific descriptor as well which details how the plugin is implemented for the specific purpose of that plugin type. /*   Plugin type-specific descriptor */ static struct st_mysql_audit audit_syslog_descriptor= {   MYSQL_AUDIT_INTERFACE_VERSION,                        /* interface version    */   NULL,                                                 /* release_thd function */   audit_syslog_notify,                                  /* notify function      */   { (unsigned long) MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASSMASK |                     MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASSMASK }  /* class mask           */ }; In this particular case, the release_thd function has not been defined as it is not required. The important method for auditing is the notify function which is activated when an event occurs on the system. The notify function is designed to activate on an event and the implementation will determine how it is handled. For the audit_syslog plugin, the use of the syslog feature sends all events to the syslog for recording. The class mask allows us to determine what type of events are being seen by the notify function. There are currently two major types of event: 1. General Events: This includes general logging, errors, status and result type events. This is the main one for tracking the queries and operations on the database. 2. Connection Events: This group is based around user logins. It monitors connections and disconnections, but also if somebody changes user while connected. With most audit plugins, the principle behind the plugin is to track changes to the system over time and counters can be an important part of this process. The next step is to define and initialise the counters that are used to track the events in the service. There are 3 counters defined in total for our plugin - the # of general events, the # of connection events and the total number of events.  static volatile int total_number_of_calls; /* Count MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS event instances */ static volatile int number_of_calls_general; /* Count MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS event instances */ static volatile int number_of_calls_connection; The init and deinit functions for the plugin are there to be called when the plugin is activated and when it is terminated. These offer the best option to initialise the counters for our plugin: /*  Initialize the plugin at server start or plugin installation. */ static int audit_syslog_init(void *arg __attribute__((unused))) {     openlog("mysql_audit:",LOG_PID|LOG_PERROR|LOG_CONS,LOG_USER);     total_number_of_calls= 0;     number_of_calls_general= 0;     number_of_calls_connection= 0;     return(0); } The init function does a call to openlog to initialise the syslog functionality. The parameters are the service to log under ("mysql_audit" in this case), the syslog flags and the facility for the logging. Then each of the counters are initialised to zero and a success is returned. If the init function is not defined, it will return success by default. /*  Terminate the plugin at server shutdown or plugin deinstallation. */ static int audit_syslog_deinit(void *arg __attribute__((unused))) {     closelog();     return(0); } The deinit function will simply close our syslog connection and return success. Note that the syslog functionality is part of the glibc libraries and does not require any external factors.  The function names are what we define in the general plugin structure, so these have to match otherwise there will be errors. The next step is to implement the event notifier function that was defined in the type specific descriptor (audit_syslog_descriptor) which is audit_syslog_notify. /* Event notifier function */ static void audit_syslog_notify(MYSQL_THD thd __attribute__((unused)), unsigned int event_class, const void *event) { total_number_of_calls++; if (event_class == MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS) { const struct mysql_event_general *event_general= (const struct mysql_event_general *) event; number_of_calls_general++; syslog(audit_loglevel,"%lu: User: %s Command: %s Query: %s\n", event_general->general_thread_id, event_general->general_user, event_general->general_command, event_general->general_query ); } else if (event_class == MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS) { const struct mysql_event_connection *event_connection= (const struct mysql_event_connection *) event; number_of_calls_connection++; syslog(audit_loglevel,"%lu: User: %s@%s[%s] Event: %d Status: %d\n", event_connection->thread_id, event_connection->user, event_connection->host, event_connection->ip, event_connection->event_subclass, event_connection->status ); } }   In the case of an event, the notifier function is called. The first step is to increment the total number of events that have occurred in our database.The event argument is then cast into the appropriate event structure depending on the class type, of general event or connection event. The event type counters are incremented and details are sent via the syslog() function out to the system log. There are going to be different line formats and information returned since the general events have different data compared to the connection events, even though some of the details overlap, for example, user, thread id, host etc. On compiling the code now, there should be no errors and the resulting audit_syslog.so can be loaded into the server and ready to use. Log into the server and type: mysql> INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so'; This will install the plugin and will start updating the syslog immediately. Note that the audit plugin attaches to the immediate thread and cannot be uninstalled while that thread is active. This means that you cannot run the UNISTALL command until you log into a different connection (thread) on the server. Once the plugin is loaded, the system log will show output such as the following: Oct  8 15:33:21 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so' Oct  8 15:33:21 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so' Oct  8 15:33:40 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: show tables Oct  8 15:33:40 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: show tables Oct  8 15:33:43 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: select * from t1 Oct  8 15:33:43 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: select * from t1 It appears that two of each event is being shown, but in actuality, these are two separate event types - the result event and the status event. This could be refined further by changing the audit_syslog_notify function to handle the different event sub-types in a different manner.  So far, it seems that the logging is working with events showing up in the syslog output. The issue now is that the counters created earlier to track the number of events by type are not accessible when the plugin is being run. Instead there needs to be a way to expose the plugin specific information to the service and vice versa. This could be done via the information_schema plugin api, but for something as simple as counters, the obvious choice is the system status variables. This is done using the standard structure and the declaration: /*  Plugin status variables for SHOW STATUS */ static struct st_mysql_show_var audit_syslog_status[]= {   { "Audit_syslog_total_calls",     (char *) &total_number_of_calls,     SHOW_INT },   { "Audit_syslog_general_events",     (char *) &number_of_calls_general,     SHOW_INT },   { "Audit_syslog_connection_events",     (char *) &number_of_calls_connection,     SHOW_INT },   { 0, 0, SHOW_INT } };   The structure is simply the name that will be displaying in the mysql service, the address of the associated variables, and the data type being used for the counter. It is finished with a blank structure to show that there are no more variables. Remember that status variables may have the same name for variables from other plugin, so it is considered appropriate to add the plugin name at the start of the status variable name to avoid confusion. Looking at the status variables in the mysql client shows something like the following: mysql> show global status like "audit%"; +--------------------------------+-------+ | Variable_name                  | Value | +--------------------------------+-------+ | Audit_syslog_connection_events | 1     | | Audit_syslog_general_events    | 2     | | Audit_syslog_total_calls       | 3     | +--------------------------------+-------+ 3 rows in set (0.00 sec) The final connectivity piece for the plugin is to allow the interactive change of the logging level between the plugin and the system. This requires the ability to send changes via the mysql service through to the plugin. This is done using the system variables interface and defining a single variable to keep track of the active logging level for the facility. /* Plugin system variables for SHOW VARIABLES */ static MYSQL_SYSVAR_STR(loglevel, audit_loglevel,                         PLUGIN_VAR_RQCMDARG,                         "User can specify the log level for auditing",                         audit_loglevel_check, audit_loglevel_update, "LOG_NOTICE"); static struct st_mysql_sys_var* audit_syslog_sysvars[] = {     MYSQL_SYSVAR(loglevel),     NULL }; So now the system variable 'loglevel' is defined for the plugin and associated to the global variable 'audit_loglevel'. The check or validation function is defined to make sure that no garbage values are attempted in the update of the variable. The update function is used to save the new value to the variable. Note that the audit_syslog_sysvars structure is defined in the general plugin descriptor to associate the link between the plugin and the system and how much they interact. Next comes the implementation of the validation function and the update function for the system variable. It is worth noting that if you have a simple numeric such as integers for the variable types, the validate function is often not required as MySQL will handle the automatic check and validation of simple types. /* longest valid value */ #define MAX_LOGLEVEL_SIZE 100 /* hold the valid values */ static const char *possible_modes[]= { "LOG_ERROR", "LOG_WARNING", "LOG_NOTICE", NULL };  static int audit_loglevel_check(     THD*                        thd,    /*!< in: thread handle */     struct st_mysql_sys_var*    var,    /*!< in: pointer to system                                         variable */     void*                       save,   /*!< out: immediate result                                         for update function */     struct st_mysql_value*      value)  /*!< in: incoming string */ {     char buff[MAX_LOGLEVEL_SIZE];     const char *str;     const char **found;     int length;     length= sizeof(buff);     if (!(str= value->val_str(value, buff, &length)))         return 1;     /*         We need to return a pointer to a locally allocated value in "save".         Here we pick to search for the supplied value in an global array of         constant strings and return a pointer to one of them.         The other possiblity is to use the thd_alloc() function to allocate         a thread local buffer instead of the global constants.     */     for (found= possible_modes; *found; found++)     {         if (!strcmp(*found, str))         {             *(const char**)save= *found;             return 0;         }     }     return 1; } The validation function is simply to take the value being passed in via the SET GLOBAL VARIABLE command and check if it is one of the pre-defined values allowed  in our possible_values array. If it is found to be valid, then the value is assigned to the save variable ready for passing through to the update function. static void audit_loglevel_update(     THD*                        thd,        /*!< in: thread handle */     struct st_mysql_sys_var*    var,        /*!< in: system variable                                             being altered */     void*                       var_ptr,    /*!< out: pointer to                                             dynamic variable */     const void*                 save)       /*!< in: pointer to                                             temporary storage */ {     /* assign the new value so that the server can read it */     *(char **) var_ptr= *(char **) save;     /* assign the new value to the internal variable */     audit_loglevel= *(char **) save; } Since all the validation has been done already, the update function is quite simple for this plugin. The first part is to update the system variable pointer so that the server can read the value. The second part is to update our own global plugin variable for tracking the value. Notice that the save variable is passed in as a void type to allow handling of various data types, so it must be cast to the appropriate data type when assigning it to the variables. Looking at how the latest changes affect the usage of the plugin and the interaction within the server shows: mysql> show global variables like "audit%"; +-----------------------+------------+ | Variable_name         | Value      | +-----------------------+------------+ | audit_syslog_loglevel | LOG_NOTICE | +-----------------------+------------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec) mysql> set global audit_syslog_loglevel="LOG_ERROR"; Query OK, 0 rows affected (0.00 sec) mysql> show global status like "audit%"; +--------------------------------+-------+ | Variable_name                  | Value | +--------------------------------+-------+ | Audit_syslog_connection_events | 1     | | Audit_syslog_general_events    | 11    | | Audit_syslog_total_calls       | 12    | +--------------------------------+-------+ 3 rows in set (0.00 sec) mysql> show global variables like "audit%"; +-----------------------+-----------+ | Variable_name         | Value     | +-----------------------+-----------+ | audit_syslog_loglevel | LOG_ERROR | +-----------------------+-----------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec)   So now we have a plugin that will audit the events on the system and log the details to the system log. It allows for interaction to see the number of different events within the server details and provides a mechanism to change the logging level interactively via the standard system methods of the SET command. A more complex auditing plugin may have more detailed code, but each of the above areas is what will be involved and simply expanded on to add more functionality. With the above skeleton code, it is now possible to create your own audit plugins to implement your own auditing requirements. If, however, you are not of the coding persuasion, then you could always consider the option of the MySQL Enterprise Audit plugin that is available to purchase.

    Read the article

  • Why should you choose Oracle WebLogic 12c instead of JBoss EAP 6?

    - by Ricardo Ferreira
    In this post, I will cover some technical differences between Oracle WebLogic 12c and JBoss EAP 6, which was released a couple days ago from Red Hat. This article claims to help you in the evaluation of key points that you should consider when choosing for an Java EE application server. In the following sections, I will present to you some important aspects that most customers ask us when they are seriously evaluating for an middleware infrastructure, specially if you are considering JBoss for some reason. I would suggest that you keep the following question in mind while you are reading the points: "Why should I choose JBoss instead of WebLogic?" 1) Multi Datacenter Deployment and Clustering - D/R ("Disaster & Recovery") architecture support is embedded on the WebLogic Server 12c product. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct D/R support included, Red Hat relies on third-part tools with higher prices. When you consider a middleware solution to host your business critical application, you should worry with every architectural aspect that are related with the solution. Fail-over support is one little aspect of a truly reliable solution. If you do not worry about D/R, your solution will not be reliable. Having said that, with Red Hat and JBoss EAP 6, you have this extra cost that will increase considerably the total cost of ownership of the solution. As we commonly hear from analysts, open-source are not so cheaper when you start seeing the big picture. - WebLogic Server 12c supports advanced LAN clustering, detection of death servers and have a common alert framework. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has limited LAN clustering support with no server death detection. They do not generate any alerts when servers goes down (only if you buy JBoss ON which is a separated technology, but until now does not support JBoss EAP 6) and manual intervention are required when servers goes down. In most cases, admin people must rely on "kill -9", "tail -f someFile.log" and "ps ax | grep java" commands to manage failures and clustering anomalies. - WebLogic Server 12c supports the concept of Node Manager, which is a separated process that runs on the physical | virtual servers that allows extend the administration of the cluster to WebLogic managed servers that are often distributed across multiple machines and geographic locations. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no equivalent technology. Whole server instances must be managed individually. - WebLogic Server 12c Node Manager supports Coherence to boost performance when managing servers. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no similar technology. There is no way to coordinate JBoss and infiniband instances provided by JBoss using high throughput and low latency protocols like InfiniBand. The Node Manager feature also allows another very important feature that JBoss EAP lacks: secure the administration. When using WebLogic Node Manager, all the administration tasks are sent to the managed servers in a secure tunel protected by a certificate, which means that the transport layer that separates the WebLogic administration console from the managed servers are secured by SSL. - WebLogic Server 12c are now integrated with OTD ("Oracle Traffic Director") which is a web server technology derived from the former Sun iPlanet Web Server. This software complements the web server support offered by OHS ("Oracle HTTP Server"). Using OTD, WebLogic instances are load-balanced by a high powerful software that knows how to handle SDP ("Socket Direct Protocol") over InfiniBand, which boost performance when used with engineered systems technologies like Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand only offers support to Apache Web Server with custom modules created to deal with JBoss clusters, but only across standard TCP/IP networks.  2) Application and Runtime Diagnostics - WebLogic Server 12c have diagnostics capabilities embedded on the server called WLDF ("WebLogic Diagnostic Framework") so there is no need to rely on third-part tools. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no diagnostics capabilities. Their only diagnostics tool is the log generated by the application server. Admin people are encouraged to analyse thousands of log lines to find out what is going on. - WebLogic Server 12c complement WLDF with JRockit MC ("Mission Control"), which provides to administrators and developers a complete insight about the JVM performance, behavior and possible bottlenecks. WebLogic Server 12c also have an classloader analysis tool embedded, and even a log analyzer tool that enables administrators and developers to view logs of multiple servers at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand relies on third-part tools to do something similar. Again, only log searching are offered to find out whats going on. - WebLogic Server 12c offers end-to-end traceability and monitoring available through Oracle EM ("Enterprise Manager"), including monitoring of business transactions that flows through web servers, ESBs, application servers and database servers, all of this with high deep JVM analysis and diagnostics. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand, even using JBoss ON ("Operations Network"), which is a separated technology, does not support those features. Red Hat relies on third-part tools to provide direct Oracle database traceability across JVMs. One of those tools are Oracle EM for non-Oracle middleware that manage JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere and IIS transparently. - WebLogic Server 12c with their JRockit support offers a tool called JRockit Flight Recorder, which can give developers a complete visibility of a certain period of application production monitoring with zero extra overhead. This automatic recording allows you to deep analyse threads latency, memory leaks, thread contention, resource utilization, stack overflow damages and GC ("Garbage Collection") cycles, to observe in real time stop-the-world phenomenons, generational, reference count and parallel collects and mutator threads analysis. JBoss EAP 6 don't even dream to support something similar, even because they don't have their own JVM. 3) Application Server Administration - WebLogic Server 12c offers a complete administration console complemented with scripting and macro-like recording capabilities. A single WebLogic console can managed up to hundreds of WebLogic servers belonging to the same domain. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited console and provides a XML centric administration. JBoss, after ten years, started the development of a rudimentary centralized administration that still leave a lot of administration tasks aside, so admin people and developers must touch scripts and XML configuration files for most advanced and even simple administration tasks. This lead applications to error prone and risky deployments. Even using JBoss ON, JBoss EAP are not able to offer decent administration features for admin people which must be high skilled in JBoss internal architecture and its managing capabilities. - Oracle EM is available to manage multiple domains, databases, application servers, operating systems and virtualization, with a complete end-to-end visibility. JBoss ON does not provide management capabilities across the complete architecture, only basic monitoring. Even deployment must be done aside JBoss ON which does no integrate well with others softwares than JBoss. Until now, JBoss ON does not supports JBoss EAP 6, so even their minimal support for JBoss are not available for JBoss EAP 6 leaving customers uncovered and subject to high skilled JBoss admin people. - WebLogic Server 12c has the same administration model whatever is the topology selected by the customer. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand differentiates between two operational models: standalone-mode and domain-mode, that are not consistent with each other. Depending on the mode used, the administration skill is different. - WebLogic Server 12c has no point-of-failures processes, and it does not need to define any specialized server. Domain model in WebLogic is available for years (at least ten years or more) and is production proven. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand needs special processes to garantee JBoss integrity, the PC ("Process-Controller") and the HC ("Host-Controller"). Different from WebLogic, the domain model in JBoss is quite new (one year at tops) of maturity, and need to mature considerably until start doing things like WebLogic domain model does. - WebLogic Server 12c supports parallel deployment model which enables some artifacts being deployed at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have any similar feature. Every deployment are done atomically in the containers. This means that if you have a huge EAR (an EAR of 120 MB of size for instance) and deploy onto JBoss EAP 6, this EAR will take some minutes in order to starting accept thread requests. The same EAR deployed onto WebLogic Server 12c will reduce the deployment time at least in 2X compared to JBoss. 4) Support and Upgrades - WebLogic Server 12c has patch management available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no patch management available, each JBoss EAP instance should be patched manually. To achieve such feature, you need to buy a separated technology called JBoss ON ("Operations Network") that manage this type of stuff. But until now, JBoss ON does not support JBoss EAP 6 so, in practice, JBoss EAP 6 does not have this feature. - WebLogic Server 12c supports previuous WebLogic domains without any reconfiguration since its kernel is robust and mature since its creation in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a proven lack of supportability between JBoss AS 4, 5, 6 and 7. Different kernels and messaging engines were implemented in JBoss stack in the last five years reveling their incapacity to create a well architected and proven middleware technology. - WebLogic Server 12c has patch prescription based on customer configuration. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such capability. People need to create ticket supports and have their installations revised by Red Hat support guys to gain some patch prescription from them. - Oracle WebLogic Server independent of the version has 8 years of support of new patches and has lifetime release of existing patches beyond that. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand provides patches for a specific application server version up to 5 years after the release date. JBoss EAP 4 and previous versions had only 4 years. A good question that Red Hat will argue to answer is: "what happens when you find issues after year 5"?  5) RAC ("Real Application Clusters") Support - WebLogic Server 12c ships with a specific JDBC driver to leverage Oracle RAC clustering capabilities (Fast-Application-Notification, Transaction Affinity, Fast-Connection-Failover, etc). Oracle JDBC thin driver are also available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand ships only the standard Oracle JDBC thin driver. Load balancing with Oracle RAC are not supported. Manual intervention in case of planned or unplanned RAC downtime are necessary. In JBoss EAP 6, situation does not reestablish automatically after downtime. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called Active GridLink for Oracle RAC which provides up to 3X performance on OLTP applications. This seamless integration between WebLogic and Oracle database enable more value added to critical business applications leveraging their investments in Oracle database technology and Oracle middleware. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no performance gains at all, even when admin people implement some kind of connection-pooling tuning. - WebLogic Server 12c also supports transaction and web session affinity to the Oracle RAC, which provides aditional gains of performance. This is particularly interesting if you are creating a reliable solution that are distributed not only in an LAN cluster, but into a different data center. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. 6) Standards and Technology Support - WebLogic Server 12c is fully Java EE 6 compatible and production ready since december of 2011. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand became fully compatible with Java EE 6 only in the community version after three months, and production ready only in a few days considering that this article was written in June of 2012. Red Hat says that they are the masters of innovation and technology proliferation, but compared with Oracle and even other proprietary vendors like IBM, they historically speaking are lazy to deliver the most newest technologies and standards adherence. - Oracle is the steward of Java, driving innovation into the platform from commercial and open-source vendors. Red Hat on the other hand does not have its own JVM and relies on third-part JVMs to complete their application server offer. 95% of Red Hat customers are using Oracle HotSpot as JVM, which means that without Oracle involvement, their support are limited exclusively to the application server layer and we all know that most problems are happens in the JVM layer. - WebLogic Server 12c supports natively JDK 7, which empower developers to explore the maximum of the Java platform productivity when writing code. This feature differentiate WebLogic from others application servers (except GlassFish that are also managed by Oracle) because the usage of JDK 7 introduce such remarkable productivity features like the "try-with-resources" enhancement, catching multiple exceptions with one try block, Strings in the switch statements, JVM improvements in terms of JDBC, I/O, networking, security, concurrency and of course, the most important feature of Java 7: native support for multiple non-Java languages. More features regarding JDK 7 can be found here. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not support JDK 7 officially, they comment in their community version that "Java SE 7 can be used with JBoss 7" which does not gives you any guarantees of enterprise support for JDK 7. - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c supports integration with Spring framework allowing Spring applications to use WebLogic special transaction manager, exposing bean interfaces to WebLogic MBeans to take advantage of all WebLogic monitoring and administration advantages. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no special integration with Spring. In fact, Red Hat offers a suspicious package called "JBoss Web Platform" that in theory supports Spring, but in practice this package does not offers any special integration. It is just a facility for Red Hat customers to have support from both JBoss and Spring technology using the same customer support. 7) Lightweight Development - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c and Oracle GlassFish are completely integrated and can share applications without any modifications. Starting with the 12c version, WebLogic now understands natively GlassFish deployment descriptors and specific configurations in order to offer you a truly and reliable migration path from a community Java EE application server to a enterprise middleware product like WebLogic. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no support to natively reuse an existing (or still in development) application from JBoss AS community server. Users of JBoss suffer of critical issues during deployment time that includes: changing the libraries and dependencies of the application, patching the DTD or XSD deployment descriptors, refactoring of the application layers due classloading issues and anomalies, rebuilding of persistence, business and web layers due issues with "usage of the certified version of an certain dependency" or "frameworks that Red Hat potentially does not recommend" etc. If you have the culture or enterprise IT directive of developing Java EE applications using community middleware to in a certain future, transition to enterprise (supported by a vendor) middleware, Oracle WebLogic plus Oracle GlassFish offers you a more sustainable solution. - WebLogic Server 12c has a very light ZIP distribution (less than 165 MB). JBoss EAP 6 ZIP size is around 130 MB, together with JBoss ON you have more 100 MB resulting in a higher download footprint. This is particularly interesting if you plan to use automated setup of application server instances (for example, to rapidly setup a development or staging environment) using Maven or Hudson. - WebLogic Server 12c has a complete integration with Maven allowing developers to setup WebLogic domains with few commands. Tasks like downloading WebLogic, installation, domain creation, data sources deployment are completely integrated. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited offer integration with those tools.  - WebLogic Server 12c has a startup mode called WLX that turns-off EJB, JMS and JCA containers leaving enabled only the web container with Java EE 6 web profile. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such feature, you need to disable manually the containers that you do not want to use. - WebLogic Server 12c supports fastswap, which enables you to change classes without redeployment. This is particularly interesting if you are developing patches for the application that is already deployed and you do not want to redeploy the entire application. This is the same behavior that most application servers offers to JSP pages, but with WebLogic Server 12c, you have the same feature for Java classes in general. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. Even JBoss EAP 5 does not support this until now. 8) JMS and Messaging - WebLogic Server 12c has a proven and high scalable JMS implementation since its initial release in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a still immature technology called HornetQ, which was introduced in JBoss EAP 5 replacing everything that was implemented in the previous versions. Red Hat loves to introduce new technologies across JBoss versions, playing around with customers and their investments. And when they are asked about why they have changed the implementation and caused such a mess, their answer is always: "the previous implementation was inadequate and not aligned with the community strategy so we are creating a new a improved one". This Red Hat practice leads to uncomfortable investments that in a near future (sometimes less than a year) will be affected in someway. - WebLogic Server 12c has troubleshooting and monitoring features included on the WebLogic console and WLDF. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct monitoring on the console, activity is reflected only on the logs, no debug logs available in case of JMS issues. - WebLogic Server 12c has extremely good performance and scalability. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a JMS storage mechanism relying on Oracle database or MySQL. This means that if an issue in production happens and Red Hat affirms that an performance issue is happening due to database problems, they will not support you on the performance issue. They will orient you to call Oracle instead. - WebLogic Server 12c supports messaging enterprise features like SAF ("Store and Forward"), Distributed Queues/Topics and Foreign JMS providers support that leverage JMS implementations without compromise developer code making things completely transparent. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand do not even dream to support such features. 9) Caching and Grid - Coherence, which is the leading and most mature data grid technology from Oracle, is available since early 2000 and was integrated with WebLogic in 2009. Coherence and WebLogic clusters can be both managed from WebLogic administrative console. Even Node Manager supports Coherence. JBoss on the other hand discontinued JBoss Cache, which was their caching implementation just like they did with the messaging implementation (JBossMQ) which was a issue for long term customers. JBoss EAP 6 ships InfiniSpan version 1.0 which is immature and lack a proven record of successful cases and reliability. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called ActiveCache which uses Coherence to, without any code changes, replicate HTTP sessions from both WebLogic and other application servers like JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere, GlassFish and even Microsoft IIS. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does have such support and even when they do in the future, they probably will support only their own application server. - Coherence can be used to manage both L1 and L2 cache levels, providing support to Oracle TopLink and others JPA compliant implementations, even Hibernate. JBoss EAP 6 and Infinispan on the other hand supports only Hibernate. And most important of all: Infinispan does not have any successful case of L1 or L2 caching level support using Hibernate, which lead us to reflect about its viability. 10) Performance - WebLogic Server 12c is certified with Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud and can run unchanged applications at this engineered system. This approach can benefit customers from Exalogic optimization's of both kernel and JVM layers to boost performance in terms of 10X for web, OLTP, JMS and grid applications. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no investment on engineered systems: customers do not have the choice to deploy on a Java ultra fast system if their project becomes relevant and performance issues are detected. - WebLogic Server 12c maintains a performance gain across each new release: starting on WebLogic 5.1, the overall performance gain has been close to 4X, which close to a 20% gain release by release. JBoss on the other hand does not provide SPECJAppServer or SPECJEnterprise performance benchmarks. Their so called "performance gains" remains hidden in their customer environments, which lead us to think if it is true or not since we will never get access to those environments. - WebLogic Server 12c has industry performance benchmarks with submissions across platforms and configurations leading SPECJ. Oracle WebLogic leads SPECJAppServer performance in multiple categories, fitting all customer topologies like: dual-node, single-node, multi-node and multi-node with RAC. JBoss... again, does not provide any SPECJAppServer performance benchmarks. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called work manager which allows your application to embrace new performance levels based on critical resource utilization of the CPUs usage. Work managers prioritizes work and allocates threads based on an execution model that takes into account administrator-defined parameters and actual run-time performance and throughput. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no compared feature and probably they never will. Not supporting such feature like work managers, JBoss EAP 6 forces admin people and specially developers to uncover performance gains in a intrusive way, rewriting the code and doing performance refactorings. 11) Professional Services Support - WebLogic Server 12c and any other technology sold by Oracle give customers the possibility of hire OCS ("Oracle Consulting Services") to manage critical scenarios, deployment assistance of new applications, high skilled consultancy of architecture, best practices and people allocation together with customer teams. All OCS services are available without any restrictions, having the customer bought software from Oracle or just starting their implementation before any acquisition. JBoss EAP 6 or Red Hat to be more specifically, only offers professional services if you buy subscriptions from them. If you are developing a new critical application for your business and need the help of Red Hat for a serious issue or architecture decision, they will probably say: "OK... I can help you but after you buy subscriptions from me". Red Hat also does not allows their professional services consultants to manage environments that uses community based software. They will probably force you to first buy a subscription, download their "enterprise" version and them, optionally hire their consultants. - Oracle provides you our university to educate your team into our technologies, including of course specialized trainings of WebLogic application server. At any time and location, you can hire Oracle to train your team so you get trustful knowledge according to your specific needs. Certifications for the products are also available if your technical people desire to differentiate themselves as professionals. Red Hat on the other hand have a limited pool of resources to train your team in their technologies. Basically they are selling training and certification for RHEL ("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") but if you demand more specialized training in JBoss middleware, they will probably connect you to some "certified" partner localized training since they are apparently discontinuing their education center, at least here in Brazil. They were not able to reproduce their success with RHEL education to their middleware division since they need first sell the subscriptions to after gives you specialized training. And again, they only offer you specialized training based on their enterprise version (EAP in the case of JBoss) which means that the courses will be a quite outdated. There are reports of developers that took official training's from Red Hat at this year (2012) and in a certain JBoss advanced course, Red Hat supposedly covered JBossMQ as the messaging subsystem, and even the printed material provided was based on JBossMQ since the training was created for JBoss EAP 4.3. 12) Encouraging Transparency without Ulterior Motives - WebLogic Server 12c like any other software from Oracle can be downloaded any time from anywhere, you should only possess an OTN ("Oracle Technology Network") credential and you can download any enterprise software how many times you want. And is not some kind of "trial" version. It is the official binaries that will be running for ever in your data center. Oracle does not encourages the usage of "specific versions" of our software. The binaries you buy from Oracle are the same binaries anyone in the world could download and use for testing and personal education. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand are not available for download unless you buy a subscription and get access to the Red Hat enterprise repositories. If you need to test, learn or just start creating your application using Red Hat's middleware software, you should download it from the community website. You are not allowed to download the enterprise version that, according to Red Hat are more secure, reliable and robust. But no one of us want to start the development of a software with an unsecured, unreliable and not scalable middleware right? So what you do? You are "invited" by Red Hat to buy subscriptions from them to get access to the "cool" version of the software. - WebLogic Server 12c prices are publicly available in the Oracle website. If you want to know right now how much WebLogic will cost to your organization, just click here and get access to our price list. In the case of WebLogic, check out the "US Oracle Technology Commercial Price List". Oracle also encourages you to get in touch with a sales representative to discuss discounts that would make possible the investment into our technology. But you are not required to do this, only if you are interested in buying our technology or maybe you want to discuss some discount scenarios. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have its cost publicly available in Red Hat's website or in any other media, at least is not so easy to get such information. The only link you will possibly find in their website is a "Contact a Sales Representative" link. This is not a very good relationship between an customer and an vendor. This is not an example of transparency, mainly when the software are sold as open. In this situations, customers expects to see the software prices publicly available, so they can have the chance to decide, based on the existing features of the software, if the cost is fair or not. Conclusion Oracle WebLogic is the most mature, secure, reliable and scalable Java EE application server of the market, and have a proven record of success around the globe to prove it's majority. Don't lose the chance to discover today how WebLogic could fit your needs and sustain your global IT middleware strategy, no matter if your strategy are completely based on the Cloud or not.

    Read the article

  • Using HTML 5 SessionState to save rendered Page Content

    - by Rick Strahl
    HTML 5 SessionState and LocalStorage are very useful and super easy to use to manage client side state. For building rich client side or SPA style applications it's a vital feature to be able to cache user data as well as HTML content in order to swap pages in and out of the browser's DOM. What might not be so obvious is that you can also use the sessionState and localStorage objects even in classic server rendered HTML applications to provide caching features between pages. These APIs have been around for a long time and are supported by most relatively modern browsers and even all the way back to IE8, so you can use them safely in your Web applications. SessionState and LocalStorage are easy The APIs that make up sessionState and localStorage are very simple. Both object feature the same API interface which  is a simple, string based key value store that has getItem, setItem, removeitem, clear and  key methods. The objects are also pseudo array objects and so can be iterated like an array with  a length property and you have array indexers to set and get values with. Basic usage  for storing and retrieval looks like this (using sessionStorage, but the syntax is the same for localStorage - just switch the objects):// set var lastAccess = new Date().getTime(); if (sessionStorage) sessionStorage.setItem("myapp_time", lastAccess.toString()); // retrieve in another page or on a refresh var time = null; if (sessionStorage) time = sessionStorage.getItem("myapp_time"); if (time) time = new Date(time * 1); else time = new Date(); sessionState stores data that is browser session specific and that has a liftetime of the active browser session or window. Shut down the browser or tab and the storage goes away. localStorage uses the same API interface, but the lifetime of the data is permanently stored in the browsers storage area until deleted via code or by clearing out browser cookies (not the cache). Both sessionStorage and localStorage space is limited. The spec is ambiguous about this - supposedly sessionStorage should allow for unlimited size, but it appears that most WebKit browsers support only 2.5mb for either object. This means you have to be careful what you store especially since other applications might be running on the same domain and also use the storage mechanisms. That said 2.5mb worth of character data is quite a bit and would go a long way. The easiest way to get a feel for how sessionState and localStorage work is to look at a simple example. You can go check out the following example online in Plunker: http://plnkr.co/edit/0ICotzkoPjHaWa70GlRZ?p=preview which looks like this: Plunker is an online HTML/JavaScript editor that lets you write and run Javascript code and similar to JsFiddle, but a bit cleaner to work in IMHO (thanks to John Papa for turning me on to it). The sample has two text boxes with counts that update session/local storage every time you click the related button. The counts are 'cached' in Session and Local storage. The point of these examples is that both counters survive full page reloads, and the LocalStorage counter survives a complete browser shutdown and restart. Go ahead and try it out by clicking the Reload button after updating both counters and then shutting down the browser completely and going back to the same URL (with the same browser). What you should see is that reloads leave both counters intact at the counted values, while a browser restart will leave only the local storage counter intact. The code to deal with the SessionStorage (and LocalStorage not shown here) in the example is isolated into a couple of wrapper methods to simplify the code: function getSessionCount() { var count = 0; if (sessionStorage) { var count = sessionStorage.getItem("ss_count"); count = !count ? 0 : count * 1; } $("#txtSession").val(count); return count; } function setSessionCount(count) { if (sessionStorage) sessionStorage.setItem("ss_count", count.toString()); } These two functions essentially load and store a session counter value. The two key methods used here are: sessionStorage.getItem(key); sessionStorage.setItem(key,stringVal); Note that the value given to setItem and return by getItem has to be a string. If you pass another type you get an error. Don't let that limit you though - you can easily enough store JSON data in a variable so it's quite possible to pass complex objects and store them into a single sessionStorage value:var user = { name: "Rick", id="ricks", level=8 } sessionStorage.setItem("app_user",JSON.stringify(user)); to retrieve it:var user = sessionStorage.getItem("app_user"); if (user) user = JSON.parse(user); Simple! If you're using the Chrome Developer Tools (F12) you can also check out the session and local storage state on the Resource tab:   You can also use this tool to refresh or remove entries from storage. What we just looked at is a purely client side implementation where a couple of counters are stored. For rich client centric AJAX applications sessionStorage and localStorage provide a very nice and simple API to store application state while the application is running. But you can also use these storage mechanisms to manage server centric HTML applications when you combine server rendering with some JavaScript to perform client side data caching. You can both store some state information and data on the client (ie. store a JSON object and carry it forth between server rendered HTML requests) or you can use it for good old HTTP based caching where some rendered HTML is saved and then restored later. Let's look at the latter with a real life example. Why do I need Client-side Page Caching for Server Rendered HTML? I don't know about you, but in a lot of my existing server driven applications I have lists that display a fair amount of data. Typically these lists contain links to then drill down into more specific data either for viewing or editing. You can then click on a link and go off to a detail page that provides more concise content. So far so good. But now you're done with the detail page and need to get back to the list, so you click on a 'bread crumbs trail' or an application level 'back to list' button and… …you end up back at the top of the list - the scroll position, the current selection in some cases even filters conditions - all gone with the wind. You've left behind the state of the list and are starting from scratch in your browsing of the list from the top. Not cool! Sound familiar? This a pretty common scenario with server rendered HTML content where it's so common to display lists to drill into, only to lose state in the process of returning back to the original list. Look at just about any traditional forums application, or even StackOverFlow to see what I mean here. Scroll down a bit to look at a post or entry, drill in then use the bread crumbs or tab to go back… In some cases returning to the top of a list is not a big deal. On StackOverFlow that sort of works because content is turning around so quickly you probably want to actually look at the top posts. Not always though - if you're browsing through a list of search topics you're interested in and drill in there's no way back to that position. Essentially anytime you're actively browsing the items in the list, that's when state becomes important and if it's not handled the user experience can be really disrupting. Content Caching If you're building client centric SPA style applications this is a fairly easy to solve problem - you tend to render the list once and then update the page content to overlay the detail content, only hiding the list temporarily until it's used again later. It's relatively easy to accomplish this simply by hiding content on the page and later making it visible again. But if you use server rendered content, hanging on to all the detail like filters, selections and scroll position is not quite as easy. Or is it??? This is where sessionStorage comes in handy. What if we just save the rendered content of a previous page, and then restore it when we return to this page based on a special flag that tells us to use the cached version? Let's see how we can do this. A real World Use Case Recently my local ISP asked me to help out with updating an ancient classifieds application. They had a very busy, local classifieds app that was originally an ASP classic application. The old app was - wait for it: frames based - and even though I lobbied against it, the decision was made to keep the frames based layout to allow rapid browsing of the hundreds of posts that are made on a daily basis. The primary reason they wanted this was precisely for the ability to quickly browse content item by item. While I personally hate working with Frames, I have to admit that the UI actually works well with the frames layout as long as you're running on a large desktop screen. You can check out the frames based desktop site here: http://classifieds.gorge.net/ However when I rebuilt the app I also added a secondary view that doesn't use frames. The main reason for this of course was for mobile displays which work horribly with frames. So there's a somewhat mobile friendly interface to the interface, which ditches the frames and uses some responsive design tweaking for mobile capable operation: http://classifeds.gorge.net/mobile  (or browse the base url with your browser width under 800px)   Here's what the mobile, non-frames view looks like:   As you can see this means that the list of classifieds posts now is a list and there's a separate page for drilling down into the item. And of course… originally we ran into that usability issue I mentioned earlier where the browse, view detail, go back to the list cycle resulted in lost list state. Originally in mobile mode you scrolled through the list, found an item to look at and drilled in to display the item detail. Then you clicked back to the list and BAM - you've lost your place. Because there are so many items added on a daily basis the full list is never fully loaded, but rather there's a "Load Additional Listings"  entry at the button. Not only did we originally lose our place when coming back to the list, but any 'additionally loaded' items are no longer there because the list was now rendering  as if it was the first page hit. The additional listings, and any filters, the selection of an item all were lost. Major Suckage! Using Client SessionStorage to cache Server Rendered Content To work around this problem I decided to cache the rendered page content from the list in SessionStorage. Anytime the list renders or is updated with Load Additional Listings, the page HTML is cached and stored in Session Storage. Any back links from the detail page or the login or write entry forms then point back to the list page with a back=true query string parameter. If the server side sees this parameter it doesn't render the part of the page that is cached. Instead the client side code retrieves the data from the sessionState cache and simply inserts it into the page. It sounds pretty simple, and the overall the process is really easy, but there are a few gotchas that I'll discuss in a minute. But first let's look at the implementation. Let's start with the server side here because that'll give a quick idea of the doc structure. As I mentioned the server renders data from an ASP.NET MVC view. On the list page when returning to the list page from the display page (or a host of other pages) looks like this: https://classifieds.gorge.net/list?back=True The query string value is a flag, that indicates whether the server should render the HTML. Here's what the top level MVC Razor view for the list page looks like:@model MessageListViewModel @{ ViewBag.Title = "Classified Listing"; bool isBack = !string.IsNullOrEmpty(Request.QueryString["back"]); } <form method="post" action="@Url.Action("list")"> <div id="SizingContainer"> @if (!isBack) { @Html.Partial("List_CommandBar_Partial", Model) <div id="PostItemContainer" class="scrollbox" xstyle="-webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;"> @Html.Partial("List_Items_Partial", Model) @if (Model.RequireLoadEntry) { <div class="postitem loadpostitems" style="padding: 15px;"> <div id="LoadProgress" class="smallprogressright"></div> <div class="control-progress"> Load additional listings... </div> </div> } </div> } </div> </form> As you can see the query string triggers a conditional block that if set is simply not rendered. The content inside of #SizingContainer basically holds  the entire page's HTML sans the headers and scripts, but including the filter options and menu at the top. In this case this makes good sense - in other situations the fact that the menu or filter options might be dynamically updated might make you only cache the list rather than essentially the entire page. In this particular instance all of the content works and produces the proper result as both the list along with any filter conditions in the form inputs are restored. Ok, let's move on to the client. On the client there are two page level functions that deal with saving and restoring state. Like the counter example I showed earlier, I like to wrap the logic to save and restore values from sessionState into a separate function because they are almost always used in several places.page.saveData = function(id) { if (!sessionStorage) return; var data = { id: id, scroll: $("#PostItemContainer").scrollTop(), html: $("#SizingContainer").html() }; sessionStorage.setItem("list_html",JSON.stringify(data)); }; page.restoreData = function() { if (!sessionStorage) return; var data = sessionStorage.getItem("list_html"); if (!data) return null; return JSON.parse(data); }; The data that is saved is an object which contains an ID which is the selected element when the user clicks and a scroll position. These two values are used to reset the scroll position when the data is used from the cache. Finally the html from the #SizingContainer element is stored, which makes for the bulk of the document's HTML. In this application the HTML captured could be a substantial bit of data. If you recall, I mentioned that the server side code renders a small chunk of data initially and then gets more data if the user reads through the first 50 or so items. The rest of the items retrieved can be rather sizable. Other than the JSON deserialization that's Ok. Since I'm using SessionStorage the storage space has no immediate limits. Next is the core logic to handle saving and restoring the page state. At first though this would seem pretty simple, and in some cases it might be, but as the following code demonstrates there are a few gotchas to watch out for. Here's the relevant code I use to save and restore:$( function() { … var isBack = getUrlEncodedKey("back", location.href); if (isBack) { // remove the back key from URL setUrlEncodedKey("back", "", location.href); var data = page.restoreData(); // restore from sessionState if (!data) { // no data - force redisplay of the server side default list window.location = "list"; return; } $("#SizingContainer").html(data.html); var el = $(".postitem[data-id=" + data.id + "]"); $(".postitem").removeClass("highlight"); el.addClass("highlight"); $("#PostItemContainer").scrollTop(data.scroll); setTimeout(function() { el.removeClass("highlight"); }, 2500); } else if (window.noFrames) page.saveData(null); // save when page loads $("#SizingContainer").on("click", ".postitem", function() { var id = $(this).attr("data-id"); if (!id) return true; if (window.noFrames) page.saveData(id); var contentFrame = window.parent.frames["Content"]; if (contentFrame) contentFrame.location.href = "show/" + id; else window.location.href = "show/" + id; return false; }); … The code starts out by checking for the back query string flag which triggers restoring from the client cache. If cached the cached data structure is read from sessionStorage. It's important here to check if data was returned. If the user had back=true on the querystring but there is no cached data, he likely bookmarked this page or otherwise shut down the browser and came back to this URL. In that case the server didn't render any detail and we have no cached data, so all we can do is redirect to the original default list view using window.location. If we continued the page would render no data - so make sure to always check the cache retrieval result. Always! If there is data the it's loaded and the data.html data is restored back into the document by simply injecting the HTML back into the document's #SizingContainer element:$("#SizingContainer").html(data.html); It's that simple and it's quite quick even with a fully loaded list of additional items and on a phone. The actual HTML data is stored to the cache on every page load initially and then again when the user clicks on an element to navigate to a particular listing. The former ensures that the client cache always has something in it, and the latter updates with additional information for the selected element. For the click handling I use a data-id attribute on the list item (.postitem) in the list and retrieve the id from that. That id is then used to navigate to the actual entry as well as storing that Id value in the saved cached data. The id is used to reset the selection by searching for the data-id value in the restored elements. The overall process of this save/restore process is pretty straight forward and it doesn't require a bunch of code, yet it yields a huge improvement in the usability of the site on mobile devices (or anybody who uses the non-frames view). Some things to watch out for As easy as it conceptually seems to simply store and retrieve cached content, you have to be quite aware what type of content you are caching. The code above is all that's specific to cache/restore cycle and it works, but it took a few tweaks to the rest of the script code and server code to make it all work. There were a few gotchas that weren't immediately obvious. Here are a few things to pay attention to: Event Handling Logic Timing of manipulating DOM events Inline Script Code Bookmarking to the Cache Url when no cache exists Do you have inline script code in your HTML? That script code isn't going to run if you restore from cache and simply assign or it may not run at the time you think it would normally in the DOM rendering cycle. JavaScript Event Hookups The biggest issue I ran into with this approach almost immediately is that originally I had various static event handlers hooked up to various UI elements that are now cached. If you have an event handler like:$("#btnSearch").click( function() {…}); that works fine when the page loads with server rendered HTML, but that code breaks when you now load the HTML from cache. Why? Because the elements you're trying to hook those events to may not actually be there - yet. Luckily there's an easy workaround for this by using deferred events. With jQuery you can use the .on() event handler instead:$("#SelectionContainer").on("click","#btnSearch", function() {…}); which monitors a parent element for the events and checks for the inner selector elements to handle events on. This effectively defers to runtime event binding, so as more items are added to the document bindings still work. For any cached content use deferred events. Timing of manipulating DOM Elements Along the same lines make sure that your DOM manipulation code follows the code that loads the cached content into the page so that you don't manipulate DOM elements that don't exist just yet. Ideally you'll want to check for the condition to restore cached content towards the top of your script code, but that can be tricky if you have components or other logic that might not all run in a straight line. Inline Script Code Here's another small problem I ran into: I use a DateTime Picker widget I built a while back that relies on the jQuery date time picker. I also created a helper function that allows keyboard date navigation into it that uses JavaScript logic. Because MVC's limited 'object model' the only way to embed widget content into the page is through inline script. This code broken when I inserted the cached HTML into the page because the script code was not available when the component actually got injected into the page. As the last bullet - it's a matter of timing. There's no good work around for this - in my case I pulled out the jQuery date picker and relied on native <input type="date" /> logic instead - a better choice these days anyway, especially since this view is meant to be primarily to serve mobile devices which actually support date input through the browser (unlike desktop browsers of which only WebKit seems to support it). Bookmarking Cached Urls When you cache HTML content you have to make a decision whether you cache on the client and also not render that same content on the server. In the Classifieds app I didn't render server side content so if the user comes to the page with back=True and there is no cached content I have to a have a Plan B. Typically this happens when somebody ends up bookmarking the back URL. The easiest and safest solution for this scenario is to ALWAYS check the cache result to make sure it exists and if not have a safe URL to go back to - in this case to the plain uncached list URL which amounts to effectively redirecting. This seems really obvious in hindsight, but it's easy to overlook and not see a problem until much later, when it's not obvious at all why the page is not rendering anything. Don't use <body> to replace Content Since we're practically replacing all the HTML in the page it may seem tempting to simply replace the HTML content of the <body> tag. Don't. The body tag usually contains key things that should stay in the page and be there when it loads. Specifically script tags and elements and possibly other embedded content. It's best to create a top level DOM element specifically as a placeholder container for your cached content and wrap just around the actual content you want to replace. In the app above the #SizingContainer is that container. Other Approaches The approach I've used for this application is kind of specific to the existing server rendered application we're running and so it's just one approach you can take with caching. However for server rendered content caching this is a pattern I've used in a few apps to retrofit some client caching into list displays. In this application I took the path of least resistance to the existing server rendering logic. Here are a few other ways that come to mind: Using Partial HTML Rendering via AJAXInstead of rendering the page initially on the server, the page would load empty and the client would render the UI by retrieving the respective HTML and embedding it into the page from a Partial View. This effectively makes the initial rendering and the cached rendering logic identical and removes the server having to decide whether this request needs to be rendered or not (ie. not checking for a back=true switch). All the logic related to caching is made on the client in this case. Using JSON Data and Client RenderingThe hardcore client option is to do the whole UI SPA style and pull data from the server and then use client rendering or databinding to pull the data down and render using templates or client side databinding with knockout/angular et al. As with the Partial Rendering approach the advantage is that there's no difference in the logic between pulling the data from cache or rendering from scratch other than the initial check for the cache request. Of course if the app is a  full on SPA app, then caching may not be required even - the list could just stay in memory and be hidden and reactivated. I'm sure there are a number of other ways this can be handled as well especially using  AJAX. AJAX rendering might simplify the logic, but it also complicates search engine optimization since there's no content loaded initially. So there are always tradeoffs and it's important to look at all angles before deciding on any sort of caching solution in general. State of the Session SessionState and LocalStorage are easy to use in client code and can be integrated even with server centric applications to provide nice caching features of content and data. In this post I've shown a very specific scenario of storing HTML content for the purpose of remembering list view data and state and making the browsing experience for lists a bit more friendly, especially if there's dynamically loaded content involved. If you haven't played with sessionStorage or localStorage I encourage you to give it a try. There's a lot of cool stuff that you can do with this beyond the specific scenario I've covered here… Resources Overview of localStorage (also applies to sessionStorage) Web Storage Compatibility Modernizr Test Suite© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2013Posted in JavaScript  HTML5  ASP.NET  MVC   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Metro: Creating an IndexedDbDataSource for WinJS

    - by Stephen.Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to describe how you can create custom data sources which you can use with the controls in the WinJS library. In particular, I explain how you can create an IndexedDbDataSource which you can use to store and retrieve data from an IndexedDB database. If you want to skip ahead, and ignore all of the fascinating content in-between, I’ve included the complete code for the IndexedDbDataSource at the very bottom of this blog entry. What is IndexedDB? IndexedDB is a database in the browser. You can use the IndexedDB API with all modern browsers including Firefox, Chrome, and Internet Explorer 10. And, of course, you can use IndexedDB with Metro style apps written with JavaScript. If you need to persist data in a Metro style app written with JavaScript then IndexedDB is a good option. Each Metro app can only interact with its own IndexedDB databases. And, IndexedDB provides you with transactions, indices, and cursors – the elements of any modern database. An IndexedDB database might be different than the type of database that you normally use. An IndexedDB database is an object-oriented database and not a relational database. Instead of storing data in tables, you store data in object stores. You store JavaScript objects in an IndexedDB object store. You create new IndexedDB object stores by handling the upgradeneeded event when you attempt to open a connection to an IndexedDB database. For example, here’s how you would both open a connection to an existing database named TasksDB and create the TasksDB database when it does not already exist: var reqOpen = window.indexedDB.open(“TasksDB”, 2); reqOpen.onupgradeneeded = function (evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); }; reqOpen.onsuccess = function () { var db = reqOpen.result; // Do something with db }; When you call window.indexedDB.open(), and the database does not already exist, then the upgradeneeded event is raised. In the code above, the upgradeneeded handler creates a new object store named tasks. The new object store has an auto-increment column named id which acts as the primary key column. If the database already exists with the right version, and you call window.indexedDB.open(), then the success event is raised. At that point, you have an open connection to the existing database and you can start doing something with the database. You use asynchronous methods to interact with an IndexedDB database. For example, the following code illustrates how you would add a new object to the tasks object store: var transaction = db.transaction(“tasks”, “readwrite”); var reqAdd = transaction.objectStore(“tasks”).add({ name: “Feed the dog” }); reqAdd.onsuccess = function() { // Tasks added successfully }; The code above creates a new database transaction, adds a new task to the tasks object store, and handles the success event. If the new task gets added successfully then the success event is raised. Creating a WinJS IndexedDbDataSource The most powerful control in the WinJS library is the ListView control. This is the control that you use to display a collection of items. If you want to display data with a ListView control, you need to bind the control to a data source. The WinJS library includes two objects which you can use as a data source: the List object and the StorageDataSource object. The List object enables you to represent a JavaScript array as a data source and the StorageDataSource enables you to represent the file system as a data source. If you want to bind an IndexedDB database to a ListView then you have a choice. You can either dump the items from the IndexedDB database into a List object or you can create a custom data source. I explored the first approach in a previous blog entry. In this blog entry, I explain how you can create a custom IndexedDB data source. Implementing the IListDataSource Interface You create a custom data source by implementing the IListDataSource interface. This interface contains the contract for the methods which the ListView needs to interact with a data source. The easiest way to implement the IListDataSource interface is to derive a new object from the base VirtualizedDataSource object. The VirtualizedDataSource object requires a data adapter which implements the IListDataAdapter interface. Yes, because of the number of objects involved, this is a little confusing. Your code ends up looking something like this: var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); The code above is used to create a new class named IndexedDbDataSource which derives from the base VirtualizedDataSource class. In the constructor for the new class, the base class _baseDataSourceConstructor() method is called. A data adapter is passed to the _baseDataSourceConstructor() method. The code above creates a new method exposed by the IndexedDbDataSource named nuke(). The nuke() method deletes all of the objects from an object store. The code above also overrides a method named remove(). Our derived remove() method accepts any type of key and removes the matching item from the object store. Almost all of the work of creating a custom data source goes into building the data adapter class. The data adapter class implements the IListDataAdapter interface which contains the following methods: · change() · getCount() · insertAfter() · insertAtEnd() · insertAtStart() · insertBefore() · itemsFromDescription() · itemsFromEnd() · itemsFromIndex() · itemsFromKey() · itemsFromStart() · itemSignature() · moveAfter() · moveBefore() · moveToEnd() · moveToStart() · remove() · setNotificationHandler() · compareByIdentity Fortunately, you are not required to implement all of these methods. You only need to implement the methods that you actually need. In the case of the IndexedDbDataSource, I implemented the getCount(), itemsFromIndex(), insertAtEnd(), and remove() methods. If you are creating a read-only data source then you really only need to implement the getCount() and itemsFromIndex() methods. Implementing the getCount() Method The getCount() method returns the total number of items from the data source. So, if you are storing 10,000 items in an object store then this method would return the value 10,000. Here’s how I implemented the getCount() method: getCount: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var reqCount = store.count(); reqCount.onerror = that._error; reqCount.onsuccess = function (evt) { complete(evt.target.result); }; }); }); } The first thing that you should notice is that the getCount() method returns a WinJS promise. This is a requirement. The getCount() method is asynchronous which is a good thing because all of the IndexedDB methods (at least the methods implemented in current browsers) are also asynchronous. The code above retrieves an object store and then uses the IndexedDB count() method to get a count of the items in the object store. The value is returned from the promise by calling complete(). Implementing the itemsFromIndex method When a ListView displays its items, it calls the itemsFromIndex() method. By default, it calls this method multiple times to get different ranges of items. Three parameters are passed to the itemsFromIndex() method: the requestIndex, countBefore, and countAfter parameters. The requestIndex indicates the index of the item from the database to show. The countBefore and countAfter parameters represent hints. These are integer values which represent the number of items before and after the requestIndex to retrieve. Again, these are only hints and you can return as many items before and after the request index as you please. Here’s how I implemented the itemsFromIndex method: itemsFromIndex: function (requestIndex, countBefore, countAfter) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that.getCount().then(function (count) { if (requestIndex >= count) { return WinJS.Promise.wrapError(new WinJS.ErrorFromName(WinJS.UI.FetchError.doesNotExist)); } var startIndex = Math.max(0, requestIndex - countBefore); var endIndex = Math.min(count, requestIndex + countAfter + 1); that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var index = 0; var items = []; var req = store.openCursor(); req.onerror = that._error; req.onsuccess = function (evt) { var cursor = evt.target.result; if (index < startIndex) { index = startIndex; cursor.advance(startIndex); return; } if (cursor && index < endIndex) { index++; items.push({ key: cursor.value[store.keyPath].toString(), data: cursor.value }); cursor.continue(); return; } results = { items: items, offset: requestIndex - startIndex, totalCount: count }; complete(results); }; }); }); }); } In the code above, a cursor is used to iterate through the objects in an object store. You fetch the next item in the cursor by calling either the cursor.continue() or cursor.advance() method. The continue() method moves forward by one object and the advance() method moves forward a specified number of objects. Each time you call continue() or advance(), the success event is raised again. If the cursor is null then you know that you have reached the end of the cursor and you can return the results. Some things to be careful about here. First, the return value from the itemsFromIndex() method must implement the IFetchResult interface. In particular, you must return an object which has an items, offset, and totalCount property. Second, each item in the items array must implement the IListItem interface. Each item should have a key and a data property. Implementing the insertAtEnd() Method When creating the IndexedDbDataSource, I wanted to go beyond creating a simple read-only data source and support inserting and deleting objects. If you want to support adding new items with your data source then you need to implement the insertAtEnd() method. Here’s how I implemented the insertAtEnd() method for the IndexedDbDataSource: insertAtEnd:function(unused, data) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function(store) { var reqAdd = store.add(data); reqAdd.onerror = that._error; reqAdd.onsuccess = function (evt) { var reqGet = store.get(evt.target.result); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (evt) { var newItem = { key:evt.target.result[store.keyPath].toString(), data:evt.target.result } complete(newItem); }; }; }); }); } When implementing the insertAtEnd() method, you need to be careful to return an object which implements the IItem interface. In particular, you should return an object that has a key and a data property. The key must be a string and it uniquely represents the new item added to the data source. The value of the data property represents the new item itself. Implementing the remove() Method Finally, you use the remove() method to remove an item from the data source. You call the remove() method with the key of the item which you want to remove. Implementing the remove() method in the case of the IndexedDbDataSource was a little tricky. The problem is that an IndexedDB object store uses an integer key and the VirtualizedDataSource requires a string key. For that reason, I needed to override the remove() method in the derived IndexedDbDataSource class like this: var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); When you call remove(), you end up calling a method of the IndexedDbDataAdapter named removeInternal() . Here’s what the removeInternal() method looks like: setNotificationHandler: function (notificationHandler) { this._notificationHandler = notificationHandler; }, removeInternal: function(key) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqDelete = store.delete (key); reqDelete.onerror = that._error; reqDelete.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.removed(key.toString()); complete(); }; }); }); } The removeInternal() method calls the IndexedDB delete() method to delete an item from the object store. If the item is deleted successfully then the _notificationHandler.remove() method is called. Because we are not implementing the standard IListDataAdapter remove() method, we need to notify the data source (and the ListView control bound to the data source) that an item has been removed. The way that you notify the data source is by calling the _notificationHandler.remove() method. Notice that we get the _notificationHandler in the code above by implementing another method in the IListDataAdapter interface: the setNotificationHandler() method. You can raise the following types of notifications using the _notificationHandler: · beginNotifications() · changed() · endNotifications() · inserted() · invalidateAll() · moved() · removed() · reload() These methods are all part of the IListDataNotificationHandler interface in the WinJS library. Implementing the nuke() Method I wanted to implement a method which would remove all of the items from an object store. Therefore, I created a method named nuke() which calls the IndexedDB clear() method: nuke: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqClear = store.clear(); reqClear.onerror = that._error; reqClear.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.reload(); complete(); }; }); }); } Notice that the nuke() method calls the _notificationHandler.reload() method to notify the ListView to reload all of the items from its data source. Because we are implementing a custom method here, we need to use the _notificationHandler to send an update. Using the IndexedDbDataSource To illustrate how you can use the IndexedDbDataSource, I created a simple task list app. You can add new tasks, delete existing tasks, and nuke all of the tasks. You delete an item by selecting an item (swipe or right-click) and clicking the Delete button. Here’s the HTML page which contains the ListView, the form for adding new tasks, and the buttons for deleting and nuking tasks: <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8" /> <title>DataSources</title> <!-- WinJS references --> <link href="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/css/ui-dark.css" rel="stylesheet" /> <script src="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/base.js"></script> <script src="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/ui.js"></script> <!-- DataSources references --> <link href="indexedDb.css" rel="stylesheet" /> <script type="text/javascript" src="indexedDbDataSource.js"></script> <script src="indexedDb.js"></script> </head> <body> <div id="tmplTask" data-win-control="WinJS.Binding.Template"> <div class="taskItem"> Id: <span data-win-bind="innerText:id"></span> <br /><br /> Name: <span data-win-bind="innerText:name"></span> </div> </div> <div id="lvTasks" data-win-control="WinJS.UI.ListView" data-win-options="{ itemTemplate: select('#tmplTask'), selectionMode: 'single' }"></div> <form id="frmAdd"> <fieldset> <legend>Add Task</legend> <label>New Task</label> <input id="inputTaskName" required /> <button>Add</button> </fieldset> </form> <button id="btnNuke">Nuke</button> <button id="btnDelete">Delete</button> </body> </html> And here is the JavaScript code for the TaskList app: /// <reference path="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/base.js" /> /// <reference path="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/ui.js" /> function init() { WinJS.UI.processAll().done(function () { var lvTasks = document.getElementById("lvTasks").winControl; // Bind the ListView to its data source var tasksDataSource = new DataSources.IndexedDbDataSource("TasksDB", 1, "tasks", upgrade); lvTasks.itemDataSource = tasksDataSource; // Wire-up Add, Delete, Nuke buttons document.getElementById("frmAdd").addEventListener("submit", function (evt) { evt.preventDefault(); tasksDataSource.beginEdits(); tasksDataSource.insertAtEnd(null, { name: document.getElementById("inputTaskName").value }).done(function (newItem) { tasksDataSource.endEdits(); document.getElementById("frmAdd").reset(); lvTasks.ensureVisible(newItem.index); }); }); document.getElementById("btnDelete").addEventListener("click", function () { if (lvTasks.selection.count() == 1) { lvTasks.selection.getItems().done(function (items) { tasksDataSource.remove(items[0].data.id); }); } }); document.getElementById("btnNuke").addEventListener("click", function () { tasksDataSource.nuke(); }); // This method is called to initialize the IndexedDb database function upgrade(evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); } }); } document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", init); The IndexedDbDataSource is created and bound to the ListView control with the following two lines of code: var tasksDataSource = new DataSources.IndexedDbDataSource("TasksDB", 1, "tasks", upgrade); lvTasks.itemDataSource = tasksDataSource; The IndexedDbDataSource is created with four parameters: the name of the database to create, the version of the database to create, the name of the object store to create, and a function which contains code to initialize the new database. The upgrade function creates a new object store named tasks with an auto-increment property named id: function upgrade(evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); } The Complete Code for the IndexedDbDataSource Here’s the complete code for the IndexedDbDataSource: (function () { /************************************************ * The IndexedDBDataAdapter enables you to work * with a HTML5 IndexedDB database. *************************************************/ var IndexedDbDataAdapter = WinJS.Class.define( function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._dbName = dbName; // database name this._dbVersion = dbVersion; // database version this._objectStoreName = objectStoreName; // object store name this._upgrade = upgrade; // database upgrade script this._error = error || function (evt) { console.log(evt.message); }; }, { /******************************************* * IListDataAdapter Interface Methods ********************************************/ getCount: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var reqCount = store.count(); reqCount.onerror = that._error; reqCount.onsuccess = function (evt) { complete(evt.target.result); }; }); }); }, itemsFromIndex: function (requestIndex, countBefore, countAfter) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that.getCount().then(function (count) { if (requestIndex >= count) { return WinJS.Promise.wrapError(new WinJS.ErrorFromName(WinJS.UI.FetchError.doesNotExist)); } var startIndex = Math.max(0, requestIndex - countBefore); var endIndex = Math.min(count, requestIndex + countAfter + 1); that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var index = 0; var items = []; var req = store.openCursor(); req.onerror = that._error; req.onsuccess = function (evt) { var cursor = evt.target.result; if (index < startIndex) { index = startIndex; cursor.advance(startIndex); return; } if (cursor && index < endIndex) { index++; items.push({ key: cursor.value[store.keyPath].toString(), data: cursor.value }); cursor.continue(); return; } results = { items: items, offset: requestIndex - startIndex, totalCount: count }; complete(results); }; }); }); }); }, insertAtEnd:function(unused, data) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function(store) { var reqAdd = store.add(data); reqAdd.onerror = that._error; reqAdd.onsuccess = function (evt) { var reqGet = store.get(evt.target.result); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (evt) { var newItem = { key:evt.target.result[store.keyPath].toString(), data:evt.target.result } complete(newItem); }; }; }); }); }, setNotificationHandler: function (notificationHandler) { this._notificationHandler = notificationHandler; }, /***************************************** * IndexedDbDataSource Method ******************************************/ removeInternal: function(key) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqDelete = store.delete (key); reqDelete.onerror = that._error; reqDelete.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.removed(key.toString()); complete(); }; }); }); }, nuke: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqClear = store.clear(); reqClear.onerror = that._error; reqClear.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.reload(); complete(); }; }); }); }, /******************************************* * Private Methods ********************************************/ _ensureDbOpen: function () { var that = this; // Try to get cached Db if (that._cachedDb) { return WinJS.Promise.wrap(that._cachedDb); } // Otherwise, open the database return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error, progress) { var reqOpen = window.indexedDB.open(that._dbName, that._dbVersion); reqOpen.onerror = function (evt) { error(); }; reqOpen.onupgradeneeded = function (evt) { that._upgrade(evt); that._notificationHandler.invalidateAll(); }; reqOpen.onsuccess = function () { that._cachedDb = reqOpen.result; complete(that._cachedDb); }; }); }, _getObjectStore: function (type) { type = type || "readonly"; var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._ensureDbOpen().then(function (db) { var transaction = db.transaction(that._objectStoreName, type); complete(transaction.objectStore(that._objectStoreName)); }); }); }, _get: function (key) { return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().done(function (store) { var reqGet = store.get(key); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (item) { complete(item); }; }); }); } } ); var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); WinJS.Namespace.define("DataSources", { IndexedDbDataSource: IndexedDbDataSource }); })(); Summary In this blog post, I provided an overview of how you can create a new data source which you can use with the WinJS library. I described how you can create an IndexedDbDataSource which you can use to bind a ListView control to an IndexedDB database. While describing how you can create a custom data source, I explained how you can implement the IListDataAdapter interface. You also learned how to raise notifications — such as a removed or invalidateAll notification — by taking advantage of the methods of the IListDataNotificationHandler interface.

    Read the article

  • How John Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying

    - by rchrd
    The following article was published on a Sun Microsystems website a number of years ago by John Feo. It is still useful and worth preserving. So I'm republishing it here.  How I Got 15x Improvement Without Really Trying John Feo, Sun Microsystems Taking ten "personal" program codes used in scientific and engineering research, the author was able to get from 2 to 15 times performance improvement easily by applying some simple general optimization techniques. Introduction Scientific research based on computer simulation depends on the simulation for advancement. The research can advance only as fast as the computational codes can execute. The codes' efficiency determines both the rate and quality of results. In the same amount of time, a faster program can generate more results and can carry out a more detailed simulation of physical phenomena than a slower program. Highly optimized programs help science advance quickly and insure that monies supporting scientific research are used as effectively as possible. Scientific computer codes divide into three broad categories: ISV, community, and personal. ISV codes are large, mature production codes developed and sold commercially. The codes improve slowly over time both in methods and capabilities, and they are well tuned for most vendor platforms. Since the codes are mature and complex, there are few opportunities to improve their performance solely through code optimization. Improvements of 10% to 15% are typical. Examples of ISV codes are DYNA3D, Gaussian, and Nastran. Community codes are non-commercial production codes used by a particular research field. Generally, they are developed and distributed by a single academic or research institution with assistance from the community. Most users just run the codes, but some develop new methods and extensions that feed back into the general release. The codes are available on most vendor platforms. Since these codes are younger than ISV codes, there are more opportunities to optimize the source code. Improvements of 50% are not unusual. Examples of community codes are AMBER, CHARM, BLAST, and FASTA. Personal codes are those written by single users or small research groups for their own use. These codes are not distributed, but may be passed from professor-to-student or student-to-student over several years. They form the primordial ocean of applications from which community and ISV codes emerge. Government research grants pay for the development of most personal codes. This paper reports on the nature and performance of this class of codes. Over the last year, I have looked at over two dozen personal codes from more than a dozen research institutions. The codes cover a variety of scientific fields, including astronomy, atmospheric sciences, bioinformatics, biology, chemistry, geology, and physics. The sources range from a few hundred lines to more than ten thousand lines, and are written in Fortran, Fortran 90, C, and C++. For the most part, the codes are modular, documented, and written in a clear, straightforward manner. They do not use complex language features, advanced data structures, programming tricks, or libraries. I had little trouble understanding what the codes did or how data structures were used. Most came with a makefile. Surprisingly, only one of the applications is parallel. All developers have access to parallel machines, so availability is not an issue. Several tried to parallelize their applications, but stopped after encountering difficulties. Lack of education and a perception that parallelism is difficult prevented most from trying. I parallelized several of the codes using OpenMP, and did not judge any of the codes as difficult to parallelize. Even more surprising than the lack of parallelism is the inefficiency of the codes. I was able to get large improvements in performance in a matter of a few days applying simple optimization techniques. Table 1 lists ten representative codes [names and affiliation are omitted to preserve anonymity]. Improvements on one processor range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. I did not use sophisticated performance tools or drill deep into the program's execution character as one would do when tuning ISV or community codes. Using only a profiler and source line timers, I identified inefficient sections of code and improved their performance by inspection. The changes were at a high level. I am sure there is another factor of 2 or 3 in each code, and more if the codes are parallelized. The study’s results show that personal scientific codes are running many times slower than they should and that the problem is pervasive. Computational scientists are not sloppy programmers; however, few are trained in the art of computer programming or code optimization. I found that most have a working knowledge of some programming language and standard software engineering practices; but they do not know, or think about, how to make their programs run faster. They simply do not know the standard techniques used to make codes run faster. In fact, they do not even perceive that such techniques exist. The case studies described in this paper show that applying simple, well known techniques can significantly increase the performance of personal codes. It is important that the scientific community and the Government agencies that support scientific research find ways to better educate academic scientific programmers. The inefficiency of their codes is so bad that it is retarding both the quality and progress of scientific research. # cacheperformance redundantoperations loopstructures performanceimprovement 1 x x 15.5 2 x 2.8 3 x x 2.5 4 x 2.1 5 x x 2.0 6 x 5.0 7 x 5.8 8 x 6.3 9 2.2 10 x x 3.3 Table 1 — Area of improvement and performance gains of 10 codes The remainder of the paper is organized as follows: sections 2, 3, and 4 discuss the three most common sources of inefficiencies in the codes studied. These are cache performance, redundant operations, and loop structures. Each section includes several examples. The last section summaries the work and suggests a possible solution to the issues raised. Optimizing cache performance Commodity microprocessor systems use caches to increase memory bandwidth and reduce memory latencies. Typical latencies from processor to L1, L2, local, and remote memory are 3, 10, 50, and 200 cycles, respectively. Moreover, bandwidth falls off dramatically as memory distances increase. Programs that do not use cache effectively run many times slower than programs that do. When optimizing for cache, the biggest performance gains are achieved by accessing data in cache order and reusing data to amortize the overhead of cache misses. Secondary considerations are prefetching, associativity, and replacement; however, the understanding and analysis required to optimize for the latter are probably beyond the capabilities of the non-expert. Much can be gained simply by accessing data in the correct order and maximizing data reuse. 6 out of the 10 codes studied here benefited from such high level optimizations. Array Accesses The most important cache optimization is the most basic: accessing Fortran array elements in column order and C array elements in row order. Four of the ten codes—1, 2, 4, and 10—got it wrong. Compilers will restructure nested loops to optimize cache performance, but may not do so if the loop structure is too complex, or the loop body includes conditionals, complex addressing, or function calls. In code 1, the compiler failed to invert a key loop because of complex addressing do I = 0, 1010, delta_x IM = I - delta_x IP = I + delta_x do J = 5, 995, delta_x JM = J - delta_x JP = J + delta_x T1 = CA1(IP, J) + CA1(I, JP) T2 = CA1(IM, J) + CA1(I, JM) S1 = T1 + T2 - 4 * CA1(I, J) CA(I, J) = CA1(I, J) + D * S1 end do end do In code 2, the culprit is conditionals do I = 1, N do J = 1, N If (IFLAG(I,J) .EQ. 0) then T1 = Value(I, J-1) T2 = Value(I-1, J) T3 = Value(I, J) T4 = Value(I+1, J) T5 = Value(I, J+1) Value(I,J) = 0.25 * (T1 + T2 + T5 + T4) Delta = ABS(T3 - Value(I,J)) If (Delta .GT. MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta endif enddo enddo I fixed both programs by inverting the loops by hand. Code 10 has three-dimensional arrays and triply nested loops. The structure of the most computationally intensive loops is too complex to invert automatically or by hand. The only practical solution is to transpose the arrays so that the dimension accessed by the innermost loop is in cache order. The arrays can be transposed at construction or prior to entering a computationally intensive section of code. The former requires all array references to be modified, while the latter is cost effective only if the cost of the transpose is amortized over many accesses. I used the second approach to optimize code 10. Code 5 has four-dimensional arrays and loops are nested four deep. For all of the reasons cited above the compiler is not able to restructure three key loops. Assume C arrays and let the four dimensions of the arrays be i, j, k, and l. In the original code, the index structure of the three loops is L1: for i L2: for i L3: for i for l for l for j for k for j for k for j for k for l So only L3 accesses array elements in cache order. L1 is a very complex loop—much too complex to invert. I brought the loop into cache alignment by transposing the second and fourth dimensions of the arrays. Since the code uses a macro to compute all array indexes, I effected the transpose at construction and changed the macro appropriately. The dimensions of the new arrays are now: i, l, k, and j. L3 is a simple loop and easily inverted. L2 has a loop-carried scalar dependence in k. By promoting the scalar name that carries the dependence to an array, I was able to invert the third and fourth subloops aligning the loop with cache. Code 5 is by far the most difficult of the four codes to optimize for array accesses; but the knowledge required to fix the problems is no more than that required for the other codes. I would judge this code at the limits of, but not beyond, the capabilities of appropriately trained computational scientists. Array Strides When a cache miss occurs, a line (64 bytes) rather than just one word is loaded into the cache. If data is accessed stride 1, than the cost of the miss is amortized over 8 words. Any stride other than one reduces the cost savings. Two of the ten codes studied suffered from non-unit strides. The codes represent two important classes of "strided" codes. Code 1 employs a multi-grid algorithm to reduce time to convergence. The grids are every tenth, fifth, second, and unit element. Since time to convergence is inversely proportional to the distance between elements, coarse grids converge quickly providing good starting values for finer grids. The better starting values further reduce the time to convergence. The downside is that grids of every nth element, n > 1, introduce non-unit strides into the computation. In the original code, much of the savings of the multi-grid algorithm were lost due to this problem. I eliminated the problem by compressing (copying) coarse grids into continuous memory, and rewriting the computation as a function of the compressed grid. On convergence, I copied the final values of the compressed grid back to the original grid. The savings gained from unit stride access of the compressed grid more than paid for the cost of copying. Using compressed grids, the loop from code 1 included in the previous section becomes do j = 1, GZ do i = 1, GZ T1 = CA(i+0, j-1) + CA(i-1, j+0) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 enddo enddo where CA and CA1 are compressed arrays of size GZ. Code 7 traverses a list of objects selecting objects for later processing. The labels of the selected objects are stored in an array. The selection step has unit stride, but the processing steps have irregular stride. A fix is to save the parameters of the selected objects in temporary arrays as they are selected, and pass the temporary arrays to the processing functions. The fix is practical if the same parameters are used in selection as in processing, or if processing comprises a series of distinct steps which use overlapping subsets of the parameters. Both conditions are true for code 7, so I achieved significant improvement by copying parameters to temporary arrays during selection. Data reuse In the previous sections, we optimized for spatial locality. It is also important to optimize for temporal locality. Once read, a datum should be used as much as possible before it is forced from cache. Loop fusion and loop unrolling are two techniques that increase temporal locality. Unfortunately, both techniques increase register pressure—as loop bodies become larger, the number of registers required to hold temporary values grows. Once register spilling occurs, any gains evaporate quickly. For multiprocessors with small register sets or small caches, the sweet spot can be very small. In the ten codes presented here, I found no opportunities for loop fusion and only two opportunities for loop unrolling (codes 1 and 3). In code 1, unrolling the outer and inner loop one iteration increases the number of result values computed by the loop body from 1 to 4, do J = 1, GZ-2, 2 do I = 1, GZ-2, 2 T1 = CA1(i+0, j-1) + CA1(i-1, j+0) T2 = CA1(i+1, j-1) + CA1(i+0, j+0) T3 = CA1(i+0, j+0) + CA1(i-1, j+1) T4 = CA1(i+1, j+0) + CA1(i+0, j+1) T5 = CA1(i+2, j+0) + CA1(i+1, j+1) T6 = CA1(i+1, j+1) + CA1(i+0, j+2) T7 = CA1(i+2, j+1) + CA1(i+1, j+2) S1 = T1 + T4 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+0) S2 = T2 + T5 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+0) S3 = T3 + T6 - 4 * CA1(i+0, j+1) S4 = T4 + T7 - 4 * CA1(i+1, j+1) CA(i+0, j+0) = CA1(i+0, j+0) + DD * S1 CA(i+1, j+0) = CA1(i+1, j+0) + DD * S2 CA(i+0, j+1) = CA1(i+0, j+1) + DD * S3 CA(i+1, j+1) = CA1(i+1, j+1) + DD * S4 enddo enddo The loop body executes 12 reads, whereas as the rolled loop shown in the previous section executes 20 reads to compute the same four values. In code 3, two loops are unrolled 8 times and one loop is unrolled 4 times. Here is the before for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { sum = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum += W[y][u][k] * delta[y]; } backprop[i++]=sum; } and after code for (k = 0; k < KK - 8; k+=8) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { sum0 += W[y][0][k+0] * delta[y]; sum1 += W[y][0][k+1] * delta[y]; sum2 += W[y][0][k+2] * delta[y]; sum3 += W[y][0][k+3] * delta[y]; sum4 += W[y][0][k+4] * delta[y]; sum5 += W[y][0][k+5] * delta[y]; sum6 += W[y][0][k+6] * delta[y]; sum7 += W[y][0][k+7] * delta[y]; } backprop[k+0] = sum0; backprop[k+1] = sum1; backprop[k+2] = sum2; backprop[k+3] = sum3; backprop[k+4] = sum4; backprop[k+5] = sum5; backprop[k+6] = sum6; backprop[k+7] = sum7; } for one of the loops unrolled 8 times. Optimizing for temporal locality is the most difficult optimization considered in this paper. The concepts are not difficult, but the sweet spot is small. Identifying where the program can benefit from loop unrolling or loop fusion is not trivial. Moreover, it takes some effort to get it right. Still, educating scientific programmers about temporal locality and teaching them how to optimize for it will pay dividends. Reducing instruction count Execution time is a function of instruction count. Reduce the count and you usually reduce the time. The best solution is to use a more efficient algorithm; that is, an algorithm whose order of complexity is smaller, that converges quicker, or is more accurate. Optimizing source code without changing the algorithm yields smaller, but still significant, gains. This paper considers only the latter because the intent is to study how much better codes can run if written by programmers schooled in basic code optimization techniques. The ten codes studied benefited from three types of "instruction reducing" optimizations. The two most prevalent were hoisting invariant memory and data operations out of inner loops. The third was eliminating unnecessary data copying. The nature of these inefficiencies is language dependent. Memory operations The semantics of C make it difficult for the compiler to determine all the invariant memory operations in a loop. The problem is particularly acute for loops in functions since the compiler may not know the values of the function's parameters at every call site when compiling the function. Most compilers support pragmas to help resolve ambiguities; however, these pragmas are not comprehensive and there is no standard syntax. To guarantee that invariant memory operations are not executed repetitively, the user has little choice but to hoist the operations by hand. The problem is not as severe in Fortran programs because in the absence of equivalence statements, it is a violation of the language's semantics for two names to share memory. Codes 3 and 5 are C programs. In both cases, the compiler did not hoist all invariant memory operations from inner loops. Consider the following loop from code 3 for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += delta[y] * I1[i++]; } } } Since dW[y][u] can point to the same memory space as delta for one or more values of y and u, assignment to dW[y][u][k] may change the value of delta[y]. In reality, dW and delta do not overlap in memory, so I rewrote the loop as for (y = 0; y < NY; y++) { i = 0; Dy = delta[y]; for (u = 0; u < NU; u++) { for (k = 0; k < NK[u]; k++) { dW[y][u][k] += Dy * I1[i++]; } } } Failure to hoist invariant memory operations may be due to complex address calculations. If the compiler can not determine that the address calculation is invariant, then it can hoist neither the calculation nor the associated memory operations. As noted above, code 5 uses a macro to address four-dimensional arrays #define MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) (double *)((a)->data + (q)*(a)->strides[0] + (i)*(a)->strides[3] + (j)*(a)->strides[2] + (k)*(a)->strides[1]) The macro is too complex for the compiler to understand and so, it does not identify any subexpressions as loop invariant. The simplest way to eliminate the address calculation from the innermost loop (over i) is to define a0 = MAT4D(a,q,0,j,k) before the loop and then replace all instances of *MAT4D(a,q,i,j,k) in the loop with a0[i] A similar problem appears in code 6, a Fortran program. The key loop in this program is do n1 = 1, nh nx1 = (n1 - 1) / nz + 1 nz1 = n1 - nz * (nx1 - 1) do n2 = 1, nh nx2 = (n2 - 1) / nz + 1 nz2 = n2 - nz * (nx2 - 1) ndx = nx2 - nx1 ndy = nz2 - nz1 gxx = grn(1,ndx,ndy) gyy = grn(2,ndx,ndy) gxy = grn(3,ndx,ndy) balance(n1,1) = balance(n1,1) + (force(n2,1) * gxx + force(n2,2) * gxy) * h1 balance(n1,2) = balance(n1,2) + (force(n2,1) * gxy + force(n2,2) * gyy)*h1 end do end do The programmer has written this loop well—there are no loop invariant operations with respect to n1 and n2. However, the loop resides within an iterative loop over time and the index calculations are independent with respect to time. Trading space for time, I precomputed the index values prior to the entering the time loop and stored the values in two arrays. I then replaced the index calculations with reads of the arrays. Data operations Ways to reduce data operations can appear in many forms. Implementing a more efficient algorithm produces the biggest gains. The closest I came to an algorithm change was in code 4. This code computes the inner product of K-vectors A(i) and B(j), 0 = i < N, 0 = j < M, for most values of i and j. Since the program computes most of the NM possible inner products, it is more efficient to compute all the inner products in one triply-nested loop rather than one at a time when needed. The savings accrue from reading A(i) once for all B(j) vectors and from loop unrolling. for (i = 0; i < N; i+=8) { for (j = 0; j < M; j++) { sum0 = 0.0; sum1 = 0.0; sum2 = 0.0; sum3 = 0.0; sum4 = 0.0; sum5 = 0.0; sum6 = 0.0; sum7 = 0.0; for (k = 0; k < K; k++) { sum0 += A[i+0][k] * B[j][k]; sum1 += A[i+1][k] * B[j][k]; sum2 += A[i+2][k] * B[j][k]; sum3 += A[i+3][k] * B[j][k]; sum4 += A[i+4][k] * B[j][k]; sum5 += A[i+5][k] * B[j][k]; sum6 += A[i+6][k] * B[j][k]; sum7 += A[i+7][k] * B[j][k]; } C[i+0][j] = sum0; C[i+1][j] = sum1; C[i+2][j] = sum2; C[i+3][j] = sum3; C[i+4][j] = sum4; C[i+5][j] = sum5; C[i+6][j] = sum6; C[i+7][j] = sum7; }} This change requires knowledge of a typical run; i.e., that most inner products are computed. The reasons for the change, however, derive from basic optimization concepts. It is the type of change easily made at development time by a knowledgeable programmer. In code 5, we have the data version of the index optimization in code 6. Here a very expensive computation is a function of the loop indices and so cannot be hoisted out of the loop; however, the computation is invariant with respect to an outer iterative loop over time. We can compute its value for each iteration of the computation loop prior to entering the time loop and save the values in an array. The increase in memory required to store the values is small in comparison to the large savings in time. The main loop in Code 8 is doubly nested. The inner loop includes a series of guarded computations; some are a function of the inner loop index but not the outer loop index while others are a function of the outer loop index but not the inner loop index for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; R = A[j]; temp = (PRM[3] == 0.0) ? 1.0 : pow(r, PRM[3]); high = temp * kcoeff * B[j] * PRM[2] * PRM[4]; low = high * PRM[6] * PRM[6] / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4] * PRM[6], 2.0)); kap = (R > PRM[6]) ? high * R * R / (1.0 + pow(PRM[4]*r, 2.0) : low * pow(R/PRM[6], PRM[5]); < rest of loop omitted > }} Note that the value of temp is invariant to j. Thus, we can hoist the computation for temp out of the loop and save its values in an array. for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { r = i * hrmax; TEMP[i] = pow(r, PRM[3]); } [N.B. – the case for PRM[3] = 0 is omitted and will be reintroduced later.] We now hoist out of the inner loop the computations invariant to i. Since the conditional guarding the value of kap is invariant to i, it behooves us to hoist the computation out of the inner loop, thereby executing the guard once rather than M times. The final version of the code is for (j = 0; j < N; j++) { R = rig[j] / 1000.; tmp1 = kcoeff * par[2] * beta[j] * par[4]; tmp2 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * par[6] * par[6]); tmp3 = 1.0 + (par[4] * par[4] * R * R); tmp4 = par[6] * par[6] / tmp2; tmp5 = R * R / tmp3; tmp6 = pow(R / par[6], par[5]); if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] == 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * tmp4 * tmp6; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R > par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp5; } else if ((par[3] != 0.0) && (R <= par[6])) { for (i = 1; i <= imax1; i++) KAP[i] = tmp1 * TEMP[i] * tmp4 * tmp6; } for (i = 0; i < M; i++) { kap = KAP[i]; r = i * hrmax; < rest of loop omitted > } } Maybe not the prettiest piece of code, but certainly much more efficient than the original loop, Copy operations Several programs unnecessarily copy data from one data structure to another. This problem occurs in both Fortran and C programs, although it manifests itself differently in the two languages. Code 1 declares two arrays—one for old values and one for new values. At the end of each iteration, the array of new values is copied to the array of old values to reset the data structures for the next iteration. This problem occurs in Fortran programs not included in this study and in both Fortran 77 and Fortran 90 code. Introducing pointers to the arrays and swapping pointer values is an obvious way to eliminate the copying; but pointers is not a feature that many Fortran programmers know well or are comfortable using. An easy solution not involving pointers is to extend the dimension of the value array by 1 and use the last dimension to differentiate between arrays at different times. For example, if the data space is N x N, declare the array (N, N, 2). Then store the problem’s initial values in (_, _, 2) and define the scalar names new = 2 and old = 1. At the start of each iteration, swap old and new to reset the arrays. The old–new copy problem did not appear in any C program. In programs that had new and old values, the code swapped pointers to reset data structures. Where unnecessary coping did occur is in structure assignment and parameter passing. Structures in C are handled much like scalars. Assignment causes the data space of the right-hand name to be copied to the data space of the left-hand name. Similarly, when a structure is passed to a function, the data space of the actual parameter is copied to the data space of the formal parameter. If the structure is large and the assignment or function call is in an inner loop, then copying costs can grow quite large. While none of the ten programs considered here manifested this problem, it did occur in programs not included in the study. A simple fix is always to refer to structures via pointers. Optimizing loop structures Since scientific programs spend almost all their time in loops, efficient loops are the key to good performance. Conditionals, function calls, little instruction level parallelism, and large numbers of temporary values make it difficult for the compiler to generate tightly packed, highly efficient code. Conditionals and function calls introduce jumps that disrupt code flow. Users should eliminate or isolate conditionls to their own loops as much as possible. Often logical expressions can be substituted for if-then-else statements. For example, code 2 includes the following snippet MaxDelta = 0.0 do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) if (Delta > MaxDelta) MaxDelta = Delta enddo enddo if (MaxDelta .gt. 0.001) goto 200 Since the only use of MaxDelta is to control the jump to 200 and all that matters is whether or not it is greater than 0.001, I made MaxDelta a boolean and rewrote the snippet as MaxDelta = .false. do J = 1, N do I = 1, M < code omitted > Delta = abs(OldValue ? NewValue) MaxDelta = MaxDelta .or. (Delta .gt. 0.001) enddo enddo if (MaxDelta) goto 200 thereby, eliminating the conditional expression from the inner loop. A microprocessor can execute many instructions per instruction cycle. Typically, it can execute one or more memory, floating point, integer, and jump operations. To be executed simultaneously, the operations must be independent. Thick loops tend to have more instruction level parallelism than thin loops. Moreover, they reduce memory traffice by maximizing data reuse. Loop unrolling and loop fusion are two techniques to increase the size of loop bodies. Several of the codes studied benefitted from loop unrolling, but none benefitted from loop fusion. This observation is not too surpising since it is the general tendency of programmers to write thick loops. As loops become thicker, the number of temporary values grows, increasing register pressure. If registers spill, then memory traffic increases and code flow is disrupted. A thick loop with many temporary values may execute slower than an equivalent series of thin loops. The biggest gain will be achieved if the thick loop can be split into a series of independent loops eliminating the need to write and read temporary arrays. I found such an occasion in code 10 where I split the loop do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do into two disjoint loops do i = 1, n do j = 1, m A24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U25(j,i) B24(j,i)= S24(j,i) * T25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * U24(j,i) A25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * C24(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V24(j,i) B25(j,i)= S24(j,i) * U25(j,i) + S25(j,i) * V25(j,i) end do end do do i = 1, n do j = 1, m C24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T26(j,i) + S27(j,i) * U26(j,i) D24(j,i)= S26(j,i) * T27(j,i) + S27(j,i) * V26(j,i) C25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * S28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * U28(j,i) D25(j,i)= S27(j,i) * T28(j,i) + S26(j,i) * V28(j,i) end do end do Conclusions Over the course of the last year, I have had the opportunity to work with over two dozen academic scientific programmers at leading research universities. Their research interests span a broad range of scientific fields. Except for two programs that relied almost exclusively on library routines (matrix multiply and fast Fourier transform), I was able to improve significantly the single processor performance of all codes. Improvements range from 2x to 15.5x with a simple average of 4.75x. Changes to the source code were at a very high level. I did not use sophisticated techniques or programming tools to discover inefficiencies or effect the changes. Only one code was parallel despite the availability of parallel systems to all developers. Clearly, we have a problem—personal scientific research codes are highly inefficient and not running parallel. The developers are unaware of simple optimization techniques to make programs run faster. They lack education in the art of code optimization and parallel programming. I do not believe we can fix the problem by publishing additional books or training manuals. To date, the developers in questions have not studied the books or manual available, and are unlikely to do so in the future. Short courses are a possible solution, but I believe they are too concentrated to be much use. The general concepts can be taught in a three or four day course, but that is not enough time for students to practice what they learn and acquire the experience to apply and extend the concepts to their codes. Practice is the key to becoming proficient at optimization. I recommend that graduate students be required to take a semester length course in optimization and parallel programming. We would never give someone access to state-of-the-art scientific equipment costing hundreds of thousands of dollars without first requiring them to demonstrate that they know how to use the equipment. Yet the criterion for time on state-of-the-art supercomputers is at most an interesting project. Requestors are never asked to demonstrate that they know how to use the system, or can use the system effectively. A semester course would teach them the required skills. Government agencies that fund academic scientific research pay for most of the computer systems supporting scientific research as well as the development of most personal scientific codes. These agencies should require graduate schools to offer a course in optimization and parallel programming as a requirement for funding. About the Author John Feo received his Ph.D. in Computer Science from The University of Texas at Austin in 1986. After graduate school, Dr. Feo worked at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory where he was the Group Leader of the Computer Research Group and principal investigator of the Sisal Language Project. In 1997, Dr. Feo joined Tera Computer Company where he was project manager for the MTA, and oversaw the programming and evaluation of the MTA at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. In 2000, Dr. Feo joined Sun Microsystems as an HPC application specialist. He works with university research groups to optimize and parallelize scientific codes. Dr. Feo has published over two dozen research articles in the areas of parallel parallel programming, parallel programming languages, and application performance.

    Read the article

  • Android Client : Web service - what's the correct SOAP_ACTION, METHOD_NAME, NAMESPACE, URL I should

    - by Hubert
    if I want to use the following Web service (help.be is just an example, let's say it does exist): http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php (it's written in PHP=client's choice, not .NET) with the following WSDL : <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <definitions xmlns="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/" name="webservice_help" targetNamespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" xmlns:tns="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" xmlns:impl="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" xmlns:xsd1="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:wsdl="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/" xmlns:soap="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/soap/" xmlns:soapenc="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"> <portType name="webservice_helpPortType"> <operation name="webservice_help"> <input message="tns:Webservice_helpRequest"/> </operation> <operation name="getLocation" parameterOrder="input"> <input message="tns:GetLocationRequest"/> <output message="tns:GetLocationResponse"/> </operation> <operation name="getStationDetail" parameterOrder="input"> <input message="tns:GetStationDetailRequest"/> <output message="tns:GetStationDetailResponse"/> </operation> <operation name="getStationList" parameterOrder="input"> <input message="tns:GetStationListRequest"/> <output message="tns:GetStationListResponse"/> </operation> </portType> <binding name="webservice_helpBinding" type="tns:webservice_helpPortType"> <soap:binding style="rpc" transport="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/http"/> <operation name="webservice_help"> <soap:operation soapAction="urn:webservice_help#webservice_helpServer#webservice_help"/> <input> <soap:body use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </input> </operation> <operation name="getLocation"> <soap:operation soapAction="urn:webservice_help#webservice_helpServer#getLocation"/> <input> <soap:body parts="input" use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </input> <output> <soap:body parts="return" use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </output> </operation> <operation name="getStationDetail"> <soap:operation soapAction="urn:webservice_help#webservice_helpServer#getStationDetail"/> <input> <soap:body parts="input" use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </input> <output> <soap:body parts="return" use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </output> </operation> <operation name="getStationList"> <soap:operation soapAction="urn:webservice_help#webservice_helpServer#getStationList"/> <input> <soap:body parts="input" use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </input> <output> <soap:body parts="return" use="encoded" namespace="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php" encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"/> </output> </operation> </binding> <message name="Webservice_helpRequest"/> <message name="GetLocationRequest"> <part name="input" type="xsd:array"/> </message> <message name="GetLocationResponse"> <part name="return" type="xsd:array"/> </message> <message name="GetStationDetailRequest"> <part name="input" type="xsd:array"/> </message> <message name="GetStationDetailResponse"> <part name="return" type="xsd:string"/> </message> <message name="GetStationListRequest"> <part name="input" type="xsd:array"/> </message> <message name="GetStationListResponse"> <part name="return" type="xsd:string"/> </message> <service name="webservice_helpService"> <port name="webservice_helpPort" binding="tns:webservice_helpBinding"> <soap:address location="http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php"/> </port> </service> </definitions> What is the correct SOAP_ACTION, METHOD_NAME, NAMESPACE, URL I should use below ? I've tried with this : public class Main extends Activity { /** Called when the activity is first created. */ private static final String SOAP_ACTION_GETLOCATION = "getLocation"; private static final String METHOD_NAME_GETLOCATION = "getLocation"; private static final String NAMESPACE = "http://www.help.be/webservice/"; private static final String URL = "http://www.help.be/webservice/webservice_help.php"; TextView tv; @SuppressWarnings("unchecked") @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); setContentView(R.layout.main); tv = (TextView)findViewById(R.id.TextView01); // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SoapObject request_location = new SoapObject(NAMESPACE, METHOD_NAME_GETLOCATION); request_location.addProperty("login", "login"); // -> string required request_location.addProperty("password", "password"); // -> string required request_location.addProperty("serial", "serial"); // -> string required request_location.addProperty("language", "fr"); // -> string required (available « fr,nl,uk,de ») request_location.addProperty("keyword", "Braine"); // -> string required // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SoapSerializationEnvelope soapEnvelope = new SoapSerializationEnvelope(SoapEnvelope.VER11); //soapEnvelope.dotNet = true; // don't forget it for .NET WebServices ! soapEnvelope.setOutputSoapObject(request_location); AndroidHttpTransport aht = new AndroidHttpTransport(URL); try { aht.call(SOAP_ACTION_GETLOCATION, soapEnvelope); // Get the SAOP Envelope back and then extract the body SoapObject resultsRequestSOAP = (SoapObject) soapEnvelope.bodyIn; Vector XXXX = (Vector) resultsRequestSOAP.getProperty("GetLocationResponse"); int vector_size = XXXX.size(); Log.i("Hub", "testat="+vector_size); tv.setText("OK"); } catch(Exception E) { tv.setText("ERROR:" + E.getClass().getName() + ": " + E.getMessage()); Log.i("Hub", "Exception E"); Log.i("Hub", "E.getClass().getName()="+E.getClass().getName()); Log.i("Hub", "E.getMessage()="+E.getMessage()); } // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } } I'm not sure of the SOAP_ACTION, METHOD_NAME, NAMESPACE, URL I have to use? because soapAction is pointing to a URN instead of a traditional URL and it's PHP and not .NET ... also, I'm not sure if I have to use request_location.addProperty("login", "login"); of request_location.addAttribute("login", "login"); ? = <message name="GetLocationRequest"> <part name="input" type="xsd:array"/> What would you say ? Txs for your help. H. EDIT : Here is some code working in PHP - I simply want to have the same but in Android/JAVA : <?php ini_set("soap.wsdl_cache_enabled", "0"); // disabling WSDL cache $request['login'] = 'login'; $request['password'] = 'password'; $request['serial'] = 'serial'; $request['language'] = 'fr'; $client= new SoapClient("http://www.test.be/webservice/webservice_test.wsdl"); print_r( $client->__getFunctions()); ?><hr><h1>getLocation</h1> <h2>Input:</h2> <? $request['keyword'] = 'Bruxelles'; print_r($request); ?><h2>Result</h2><? $result = $client->getLocation($request); print_r($result); ?>

    Read the article

  • Seems doctrine listener is not fired

    - by Roel Veldhuizen
    Got a service which should be executed the moment an object is persisted. Though, I think the code looks like it should work, it doesn't. I configured the service like the following yml. services: bla_orm.listener: class: Bla\OrmBundle\EventListener\UserManager arguments: [@security.encoder_factory] tags: - { name: doctrine.event_listener, event: prePersist } The class: namespace Bla\OrmBundle\EventListener; use Doctrine\ORM\Event\LifecycleEventArgs; use Bla\OrmBundle\Entity\User; class UserManager { protected $encoderFactory; public function __construct(\Symfony\Component\Security\Core\Encoder\EncoderFactoryInterface $encoderFactory) { $this->encoderFactory = $encoderFactory; } public function prePersist(LifecycleEventArgs $args) { $entity = $args->getEntity(); if ($entity instanceof User) { $encoder = $this->encoderFactory ->getEncoder($entity); $entity->setSalt(rand(10000, 99999)); $password = $encoder->encodePassword($entity->getPassword(), $entity->getSalt()); $entity->setPassword($password); } } } Symfony version: Symfony version 2.3.3 - app/dev/debug Output of container:debug [container] Public services Service Id Scope Class Name annotation_reader container Doctrine\Common\Annotations\FileCacheReader assetic.asset_manager container Assetic\Factory\LazyAssetManager assetic.controller prototype Symfony\Bundle\AsseticBundle\Controller\AsseticController assetic.filter.cssrewrite container Assetic\Filter\CssRewriteFilter assetic.filter_manager container Symfony\Bundle\AsseticBundle\FilterManager assetic.request_listener container Symfony\Bundle\AsseticBundle\EventListener\RequestListener cache_clearer container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\CacheClearer\ChainCacheClearer cache_warmer container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\CacheWarmer\CacheWarmerAggregate data_collector.request container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\DataCollector\RequestDataCollector data_collector.router container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\DataCollector\RouterDataCollector database_connection n/a alias for doctrine.dbal.default_connection debug.controller_resolver container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Controller\TraceableControllerResolver debug.deprecation_logger_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\ErrorsLoggerListener debug.emergency_logger_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\ErrorsLoggerListener debug.event_dispatcher container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Debug\TraceableEventDispatcher debug.stopwatch container Symfony\Component\Stopwatch\Stopwatch debug.templating.engine.php container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\TimedPhpEngine debug.templating.engine.twig n/a alias for templating doctrine container Doctrine\Bundle\DoctrineBundle\Registry doctrine.dbal.connection_factory container Doctrine\Bundle\DoctrineBundle\ConnectionFactory doctrine.dbal.default_connection container stdClass doctrine.orm.default_entity_manager container Doctrine\ORM\EntityManager doctrine.orm.default_manager_configurator container Doctrine\Bundle\DoctrineBundle\ManagerConfigurator doctrine.orm.entity_manager n/a alias for doctrine.orm.default_entity_manager doctrine.orm.validator.unique container Symfony\Bridge\Doctrine\Validator\Constraints\UniqueEntityValidator doctrine.orm.validator_initializer container Symfony\Bridge\Doctrine\Validator\DoctrineInitializer event_dispatcher container Symfony\Component\EventDispatcher\ContainerAwareEventDispatcher file_locator container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Config\FileLocator filesystem container Symfony\Component\Filesystem\Filesystem form.csrf_provider container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Csrf\CsrfProvider\SessionCsrfProvider form.factory container Symfony\Component\Form\FormFactory form.registry container Symfony\Component\Form\FormRegistry form.resolved_type_factory container Symfony\Component\Form\ResolvedFormTypeFactory form.type.birthday container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\BirthdayType form.type.button container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\ButtonType form.type.checkbox container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\CheckboxType form.type.choice container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\ChoiceType form.type.collection container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\CollectionType form.type.country container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\CountryType form.type.currency container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\CurrencyType form.type.date container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\DateType form.type.datetime container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\DateTimeType form.type.email container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\EmailType form.type.entity container Symfony\Bridge\Doctrine\Form\Type\EntityType form.type.file container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\FileType form.type.form container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\FormType form.type.hidden container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\HiddenType form.type.integer container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\IntegerType form.type.language container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\LanguageType form.type.locale container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\LocaleType form.type.money container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\MoneyType form.type.number container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\NumberType form.type.password container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\PasswordType form.type.percent container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\PercentType form.type.radio container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\RadioType form.type.repeated container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\RepeatedType form.type.reset container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\ResetType form.type.search container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\SearchType form.type.submit container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\SubmitType form.type.text container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\TextType form.type.textarea container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\TextareaType form.type.time container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\TimeType form.type.timezone container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\TimezoneType form.type.url container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Core\Type\UrlType form.type_extension.csrf container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Csrf\Type\FormTypeCsrfExtension form.type_extension.form.http_foundation container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\HttpFoundation\Type\FormTypeHttpFoundationExtension form.type_extension.form.validator container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Validator\Type\FormTypeValidatorExtension form.type_extension.repeated.validator container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Validator\Type\RepeatedTypeValidatorExtension form.type_extension.submit.validator container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Validator\Type\SubmitTypeValidatorExtension form.type_guesser.doctrine container Symfony\Bridge\Doctrine\Form\DoctrineOrmTypeGuesser form.type_guesser.validator container Symfony\Component\Form\Extension\Validator\ValidatorTypeGuesser fragment.handler container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Fragment\FragmentHandler fragment.listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\FragmentListener fragment.renderer.hinclude container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Fragment\ContainerAwareHIncludeFragmentRenderer fragment.renderer.inline container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Fragment\InlineFragmentRenderer http_kernel container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\DependencyInjection\ContainerAwareHttpKernel kernel container locale_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\LocaleListener logger container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger mailer n/a alias for swiftmailer.mailer.default monolog.handler.chromephp container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Handler\ChromePhpHandler monolog.handler.debug container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Handler\DebugHandler monolog.handler.firephp container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Handler\FirePHPHandler monolog.handler.main container Monolog\Handler\StreamHandler monolog.logger.deprecation container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.doctrine container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.emergency container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.event container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.profiler container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.request container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.router container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.security container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger monolog.logger.templating container Symfony\Bridge\Monolog\Logger profiler container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\Profiler\Profiler profiler_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\ProfilerListener property_accessor container Symfony\Component\PropertyAccess\PropertyAccessor request request response_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\ResponseListener router container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Routing\Router router_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\RouterListener routing.loader container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Routing\DelegatingLoader security.context container Symfony\Component\Security\Core\SecurityContext security.encoder_factory container Symfony\Component\Security\Core\Encoder\EncoderFactory security.firewall container Symfony\Component\Security\Http\Firewall security.firewall.map.context.dev container Symfony\Bundle\SecurityBundle\Security\FirewallContext security.firewall.map.context.login container Symfony\Bundle\SecurityBundle\Security\FirewallContext security.firewall.map.context.rest container Symfony\Bundle\SecurityBundle\Security\FirewallContext security.firewall.map.context.secured_area container Symfony\Bundle\SecurityBundle\Security\FirewallContext security.rememberme.response_listener container Symfony\Component\Security\Http\RememberMe\ResponseListener security.secure_random container Symfony\Component\Security\Core\Util\SecureRandom security.validator.user_password container Symfony\Component\Security\Core\Validator\Constraints\UserPasswordValidator sensio.distribution.webconfigurator n/a alias for sensio_distribution.webconfigurator sensio_distribution.webconfigurator container Sensio\Bundle\DistributionBundle\Configurator\Configurator sensio_framework_extra.cache.listener container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\EventListener\CacheListener sensio_framework_extra.controller.listener container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\EventListener\ControllerListener sensio_framework_extra.converter.datetime container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Request\ParamConverter\DateTimeParamConverter sensio_framework_extra.converter.doctrine.orm container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Request\ParamConverter\DoctrineParamConverter sensio_framework_extra.converter.listener container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\EventListener\ParamConverterListener sensio_framework_extra.converter.manager container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Request\ParamConverter\ParamConverterManager sensio_framework_extra.view.guesser container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\Templating\TemplateGuesser sensio_framework_extra.view.listener container Sensio\Bundle\FrameworkExtraBundle\EventListener\TemplateListener service_container container session container Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Session\Session session.handler container Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Session\Storage\Handler\NativeFileSessionHandler session.storage n/a alias for session.storage.native session.storage.filesystem container Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Session\Storage\MockFileSessionStorage session.storage.native container Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Session\Storage\NativeSessionStorage session.storage.php_bridge container Symfony\Component\HttpFoundation\Session\Storage\PhpBridgeSessionStorage session_listener container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\EventListener\SessionListener streamed_response_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\StreamedResponseListener swiftmailer.email_sender.listener container Symfony\Bundle\SwiftmailerBundle\EventListener\EmailSenderListener swiftmailer.mailer n/a alias for swiftmailer.mailer.default swiftmailer.mailer.default container Swift_Mailer swiftmailer.mailer.default.plugin.messagelogger container Swift_Plugins_MessageLogger swiftmailer.mailer.default.spool container Swift_FileSpool swiftmailer.mailer.default.transport container Swift_Transport_SpoolTransport swiftmailer.mailer.default.transport.real container Swift_Transport_EsmtpTransport swiftmailer.plugin.messagelogger n/a alias for swiftmailer.mailer.default.plugin.messagelogger swiftmailer.spool n/a alias for swiftmailer.mailer.default.spool swiftmailer.transport n/a alias for swiftmailer.mailer.default.transport swiftmailer.transport.real n/a alias for swiftmailer.mailer.default.transport.real templating container Symfony\Bundle\TwigBundle\Debug\TimedTwigEngine templating.asset.package_factory container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Asset\PackageFactory templating.filename_parser container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\TemplateFilenameParser templating.globals container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\GlobalVariables templating.helper.actions container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\ActionsHelper templating.helper.assets request Symfony\Component\Templating\Helper\CoreAssetsHelper templating.helper.code container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\CodeHelper templating.helper.form container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\FormHelper templating.helper.logout_url container Symfony\Bundle\SecurityBundle\Templating\Helper\LogoutUrlHelper templating.helper.request container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\RequestHelper templating.helper.router container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\RouterHelper templating.helper.security container Symfony\Bundle\SecurityBundle\Templating\Helper\SecurityHelper templating.helper.session container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\SessionHelper templating.helper.slots container Symfony\Component\Templating\Helper\SlotsHelper templating.helper.translator container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Helper\TranslatorHelper templating.loader container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\Loader\FilesystemLoader templating.name_parser container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Templating\TemplateNameParser translation.dumper.csv container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\CsvFileDumper translation.dumper.ini container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\IniFileDumper translation.dumper.mo container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\MoFileDumper translation.dumper.php container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\PhpFileDumper translation.dumper.po container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\PoFileDumper translation.dumper.qt container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\QtFileDumper translation.dumper.res container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\IcuResFileDumper translation.dumper.xliff container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\XliffFileDumper translation.dumper.yml container Symfony\Component\Translation\Dumper\YamlFileDumper translation.extractor container Symfony\Component\Translation\Extractor\ChainExtractor translation.extractor.php container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Translation\PhpExtractor translation.loader container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Translation\TranslationLoader translation.loader.csv container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\CsvFileLoader translation.loader.dat container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\IcuResFileLoader translation.loader.ini container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\IniFileLoader translation.loader.mo container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\MoFileLoader translation.loader.php container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\PhpFileLoader translation.loader.po container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\PoFileLoader translation.loader.qt container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\QtFileLoader translation.loader.res container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\IcuResFileLoader translation.loader.xliff container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\XliffFileLoader translation.loader.yml container Symfony\Component\Translation\Loader\YamlFileLoader translation.writer container Symfony\Component\Translation\Writer\TranslationWriter translator n/a alias for translator.default translator.default container Symfony\Bundle\FrameworkBundle\Translation\Translator twig container Twig_Environment twig.controller.exception container Symfony\Bundle\TwigBundle\Controller\ExceptionController twig.exception_listener container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\EventListener\ExceptionListener twig.loader container Symfony\Bundle\TwigBundle\Loader\FilesystemLoader twig.translation.extractor container Symfony\Bridge\Twig\Translation\TwigExtractor uri_signer container Symfony\Component\HttpKernel\UriSigner bla_orm.listener container Bla\OrmBundle\EventListener\UserManager validator container Symfony\Component\Validator\Validator web_profiler.controller.exception container Symfony\Bundle\WebProfilerBundle\Controller\ExceptionController web_profiler.controller.profiler container Symfony\Bundle\WebProfilerBundle\Controller\ProfilerController web_profiler.controller.router container Symfony\Bundle\WebProfilerBundle\Controller\RouterController web_profiler.debug_toolbar container Symfony\Bundle\WebProfilerBundle\EventListener\WebDebugToolbarListener Update It seems that the listener is not invoked when an updateAction, generated by generate:doctrine:crud has taken place though. At another part of the code the lister seems to be invoked. Though, there are both Controller types and both us $em->persist($something); $em->flush(); to save the changes. I would expect that in both cases the listener is invoked.

    Read the article

  • how to export bind and keyframe bone poses from blender to use in OpenGL

    - by SaldaVonSchwartz
    EDIT: I decided to reformulate the question in much simpler terms to see if someone can give me a hand with this. Basically, I'm exporting meshes, skeletons and actions from blender into an engine of sorts that I'm working on. But I'm getting the animations wrong. I can tell the basic motion paths are being followed but there's always an axis of translation or rotation which is wrong. I think the problem is most likely not in my engine code (OpenGL-based) but rather in either my misunderstanding of some part of the theory behind skeletal animation / skinning or the way I am exporting the appropriate joint matrices from blender in my exporter script. I'll explain the theory, the engine animation system and my blender export script, hoping someone might catch the error in either or all of these. The theory: (I'm using column-major ordering since that's what I use in the engine cause it's OpenGL-based) Assume I have a mesh made up of a single vertex v, along with a transformation matrix M which takes the vertex v from the mesh's local space to world space. That is, if I was to render the mesh without a skeleton, the final position would be gl_Position = ProjectionMatrix * M * v. Now assume I have a skeleton with a single joint j in bind / rest pose. j is actually another matrix. A transform from j's local space to its parent space which I'll denote Bj. if j was part of a joint hierarchy in the skeleton, Bj would take from j space to j-1 space (that is to its parent space). However, in this example j is the only joint, so Bj takes from j space to world space, like M does for v. Now further assume I have a a set of frames, each with a second transform Cj, which works the same as Bj only that for a different, arbitrary spatial configuration of join j. Cj still takes vertices from j space to world space but j is rotated and/or translated and/or scaled. Given the above, in order to skin vertex v at keyframe n. I need to: take v from world space to joint j space modify j (while v stays fixed in j space and is thus taken along in the transformation) take v back from the modified j space to world space So the mathematical implementation of the above would be: v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * v. Actually, I have one doubt here.. I said the mesh to which v belongs has a transform M which takes from model space to world space. And I've also read in a couple textbooks that it needs to be transformed from model space to joint space. But I also said in 1 that v needs to be transformed from world to joint space. So basically I'm not sure if I need to do v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * v or v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * M * v. Right now my implementation multiples v' by M and not v. But I've tried changing this and it just screws things up in a different way cause there's something else wrong. Finally, If we wanted to skin a vertex to a joint j1 which in turn is a child of a joint j0, Bj1 would be Bj0 * Bj1 and Cj1 would be Cj0 * Cj1. But Since skinning is defined as v' = Cj * Bj^-1 * v , Bj1^-1 would be the reverse concatenation of the inverses making up the original product. That is, v' = Cj0 * Cj1 * Bj1^-1 * Bj0^-1 * v Now on to the implementation (Blender side): Assume the following mesh made up of 1 cube, whose vertices are bound to a single joint in a single-joint skeleton: Assume also there's a 60-frame, 3-keyframe animation at 60 fps. The animation essentially is: keyframe 0: the joint is in bind / rest pose (the way you see it in the image). keyframe 30: the joint translates up (+z in blender) some amount and at the same time rotates pi/4 rad clockwise. keyframe 59: the joint goes back to the same configuration it was in keyframe 0. My first source of confusion on the blender side is its coordinate system (as opposed to OpenGL's default) and the different matrices accessible through the python api. Right now, this is what my export script does about translating blender's coordinate system to OpenGL's standard system: # World transform: Blender -> OpenGL worldTransform = Matrix().Identity(4) worldTransform *= Matrix.Scale(-1, 4, (0,0,1)) worldTransform *= Matrix.Rotation(radians(90), 4, "X") # Mesh (local) transform matrix file.write('Mesh Transform:\n') localTransform = mesh.matrix_local.copy() localTransform = worldTransform * localTransform for col in localTransform.col: file.write('{:9f} {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3])) file.write('\n') So if you will, my "world" matrix is basically the act of changing blenders coordinate system to the default GL one with +y up, +x right and -z into the viewing volume. Then I also premultiply (in the sense that it's done by the time we reach the engine, not in the sense of post or pre in terms of matrix multiplication order) the mesh matrix M so that I don't need to multiply it again once per draw call in the engine. About the possible matrices to extract from Blender joints (bones in Blender parlance), I'm doing the following: For joint bind poses: def DFSJointTraversal(file, skeleton, jointList): for joint in jointList: bindPoseJoint = skeleton.data.bones[joint.name] bindPoseTransform = bindPoseJoint.matrix_local.inverted() file.write('Joint ' + joint.name + ' Transform {\n') translationV = bindPoseTransform.to_translation() rotationQ = bindPoseTransform.to_3x3().to_quaternion() scaleV = bindPoseTransform.to_scale() file.write('T {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(translationV[0], translationV[1], translationV[2])) file.write('Q {:9f} {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(rotationQ[1], rotationQ[2], rotationQ[3], rotationQ[0])) file.write('S {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(scaleV[0], scaleV[1], scaleV[2])) DFSJointTraversal(file, skeleton, joint.children) file.write('}\n') Note that I'm actually grabbing the inverse of what I think is the bind pose transform Bj. This is so I don't need to invert it in the engine. Also note I went for matrix_local, assuming this is Bj. The other option is plain "matrix", which as far as I can tell is the same only that not homogeneous. For joint current / keyframe poses: for kfIndex in keyframes: bpy.context.scene.frame_set(kfIndex) file.write('keyframe: {:d}\n'.format(int(kfIndex))) for i in range(0, len(skeleton.data.bones)): file.write('joint: {:d}\n'.format(i)) currentPoseJoint = skeleton.pose.bones[i] currentPoseTransform = currentPoseJoint.matrix translationV = currentPoseTransform.to_translation() rotationQ = currentPoseTransform.to_3x3().to_quaternion() scaleV = currentPoseTransform.to_scale() file.write('T {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(translationV[0], translationV[1], translationV[2])) file.write('Q {:9f} {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(rotationQ[1], rotationQ[2], rotationQ[3], rotationQ[0])) file.write('S {:9f} {:9f} {:9f}\n'.format(scaleV[0], scaleV[1], scaleV[2])) file.write('\n') Note that here I go for skeleton.pose.bones instead of data.bones and that I have a choice of 3 matrices: matrix, matrix_basis and matrix_channel. From the descriptions in the python API docs I'm not super clear which one I should choose, though I think it's the plain matrix. Also note I do not invert the matrix in this case. The implementation (Engine / OpenGL side): My animation subsystem does the following on each update (I'm omitting parts of the update loop where it's figured out which objects need update and time is hardcoded here for simplicity): static double time = 0; time = fmod((time + elapsedTime),1.); uint16_t LERPKeyframeNumber = 60 * time; uint16_t lkeyframeNumber = 0; uint16_t lkeyframeIndex = 0; uint16_t rkeyframeNumber = 0; uint16_t rkeyframeIndex = 0; for (int i = 0; i < aClip.keyframesCount; i++) { uint16_t keyframeNumber = aClip.keyframes[i].number; if (keyframeNumber <= LERPKeyframeNumber) { lkeyframeIndex = i; lkeyframeNumber = keyframeNumber; } else { rkeyframeIndex = i; rkeyframeNumber = keyframeNumber; break; } } double lTime = lkeyframeNumber / 60.; double rTime = rkeyframeNumber / 60.; double blendFactor = (time - lTime) / (rTime - lTime); GLKMatrix4 bindPosePalette[aSkeleton.jointsCount]; GLKMatrix4 currentPosePalette[aSkeleton.jointsCount]; for (int i = 0; i < aSkeleton.jointsCount; i++) { F3DETQSType& lPose = aClip.keyframes[lkeyframeIndex].skeletonPose.joints[i]; F3DETQSType& rPose = aClip.keyframes[rkeyframeIndex].skeletonPose.joints[i]; GLKVector3 LERPTranslation = GLKVector3Lerp(lPose.t, rPose.t, blendFactor); GLKQuaternion SLERPRotation = GLKQuaternionSlerp(lPose.q, rPose.q, blendFactor); GLKVector3 LERPScaling = GLKVector3Lerp(lPose.s, rPose.s, blendFactor); GLKMatrix4 currentTransform = GLKMatrix4MakeWithQuaternion(SLERPRotation); currentTransform = GLKMatrix4TranslateWithVector3(currentTransform, LERPTranslation); currentTransform = GLKMatrix4ScaleWithVector3(currentTransform, LERPScaling); GLKMatrix4 inverseBindTransform = GLKMatrix4MakeWithQuaternion(aSkeleton.joints[i].inverseBindTransform.q); inverseBindTransform = GLKMatrix4TranslateWithVector3(inverseBindTransform, aSkeleton.joints[i].inverseBindTransform.t); inverseBindTransform = GLKMatrix4ScaleWithVector3(inverseBindTransform, aSkeleton.joints[i].inverseBindTransform.s); if (aSkeleton.joints[i].parentIndex == -1) { bindPosePalette[i] = inverseBindTransform; currentPosePalette[i] = currentTransform; } else { bindPosePalette[i] = GLKMatrix4Multiply(inverseBindTransform, bindPosePalette[aSkeleton.joints[i].parentIndex]); currentPosePalette[i] = GLKMatrix4Multiply(currentPosePalette[aSkeleton.joints[i].parentIndex], currentTransform); } aSkeleton.skinningPalette[i] = GLKMatrix4Multiply(currentPosePalette[i], bindPosePalette[i]); } Finally, this is my vertex shader: #version 100 uniform mat4 modelMatrix; uniform mat3 normalMatrix; uniform mat4 projectionMatrix; uniform mat4 skinningPalette[6]; uniform lowp float skinningEnabled; attribute vec4 position; attribute vec3 normal; attribute vec2 tCoordinates; attribute vec4 jointsWeights; attribute vec4 jointsIndices; varying highp vec2 tCoordinatesVarying; varying highp float lIntensity; void main() { tCoordinatesVarying = tCoordinates; vec4 skinnedVertexPosition = vec4(0.); for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { skinnedVertexPosition += jointsWeights[i] * skinningPalette[int(jointsIndices[i])] * position; } vec4 skinnedNormal = vec4(0.); for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) { skinnedNormal += jointsWeights[i] * skinningPalette[int(jointsIndices[i])] * vec4(normal, 0.); } vec4 finalPosition = mix(position, skinnedVertexPosition, skinningEnabled); vec4 finalNormal = mix(vec4(normal, 0.), skinnedNormal, skinningEnabled); vec3 eyeNormal = normalize(normalMatrix * finalNormal.xyz); vec3 lightPosition = vec3(0., 0., 2.); lIntensity = max(0.0, dot(eyeNormal, normalize(lightPosition))); gl_Position = projectionMatrix * modelMatrix * finalPosition; } The result is that the animation displays wrong in terms of orientation. That is, instead of bobbing up and down it bobs in and out (along what I think is the Z axis according to my transform in the export clip). And the rotation angle is counterclockwise instead of clockwise. If I try with a more than one joint, then it's almost as if the second joint rotates in it's own different coordinate space and does not follow 100% its parent's transform. Which I assume it should from my animation subsystem which I assume in turn follows the theory I explained for the case of more than one joint. Any thoughts?

    Read the article

  • Pure Server-Side Filtering with RadGridView and WCF RIA Services

    Those of you who are familiar with WCF RIA Services know that the DomainDataSource control provides a FilterDescriptors collection that enables you to filter data returned by the query on the server. We have been using this DomainDataSource feature in our RIA Services with DomainDataSource online example for almost an year now. In the example, we are listening for RadGridViews Filtering event in order to intercept any filtering that is performed on the client and translate it to something that the DomainDataSource will understand, in this case a System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor being added or removed from its FilterDescriptors collection. Think of RadGridView.FilterDescriptors as client-side filtering and of DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors as server-side filtering. We no longer need the client-side one. With the introduction of the Custom Filtering Controls feature many new possibilities have opened. With these custom controls we no longer need to do any filtering on the client. I have prepared a very small project that demonstrates how to filter solely on the server by using a custom filtering control. As I have already mentioned filtering on the server is done through the FilterDescriptors collection of the DomainDataSource control. This collection holds instances of type System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor. The FilterDescriptor has three important properties: PropertyPath: Specifies the name of the property that we want to filter on (the left operand). Operator: Specifies the type of comparison to use when filtering. An instance of FilterOperator Enumeration. Value: The value to compare with (the right operand). An instance of the Parameter Class. By adding filters, you can specify that only entities which meet the condition in the filter are loaded from the domain context. In case you are not familiar with these concepts you might find Brad Abrams blog interesting. Now, our requirements are to create some kind of UI that will manipulate the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection. When it comes to collections, my first choice of course would be RadGridView. If you are not familiar with the Custom Filtering Controls concept I would strongly recommend getting acquainted with my step-by-step tutorial Custom Filtering with RadGridView for Silverlight and checking the online example out. I have created a simple custom filtering control that contains a RadGridView and several buttons. This control is aware of the DomainDataSource instance, since it is operating on its FilterDescriptors collection. In fact, the RadGridView that is inside it is bound to this collection. In order to display filters that are relevant for the current column only, I have applied a filter to the grid. This filter is a Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor and is used to filter the little grid inside the custom control. It should not be confused with the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection that RadGridView is actually bound to. These are the RIA filters. Additionally, I have added several other features. For example, if you have specified a DataFormatString on your original column, the Value column inside the custom control will pick it up and format the filter values accordingly. Also, I have transferred the data type of the column that you are filtering to the Value column of the custom control. This will help the little RadGridView determine what kind of editor to show up when you begin edit, for example a date picker for DateTime columns. Finally, I have added four buttons two of them can be used to add or remove filters and the other two will communicate the changes you have made to the server. Here is the full source code of the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl. The XAML: <UserControl x:Class="PureServerSideFiltering.DomainDataSourceFilteringControl"    xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation"    xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml"     xmlns:telerikGrid="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView"     xmlns:telerik="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls"     Width="300">     <Border x:Name="LayoutRoot"             BorderThickness="1"             BorderBrush="#FF8A929E"             Padding="5"             Background="#FFDFE2E5">           <Grid>             <Grid.RowDefinitions>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="150"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>             </Grid.RowDefinitions>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="0"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="addFilterButton"                                   Click="OnAddFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Add Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="removeFilterButton"                                   Click="OnRemoveFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Remove Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>               <telerikGrid:RadGridView Name="filtersGrid"                                     Grid.Row="1"                                     Margin="2"                                     ItemsSource="{Binding FilterDescriptors}"                                     AddingNewDataItem="OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem"                                     ColumnWidth="*"                                     ShowGroupPanel="False"                                     AutoGenerateColumns="False"                                     CanUserResizeColumns="False"                                     CanUserReorderColumns="False"                                     CanUserFreezeColumns="False"                                     RowIndicatorVisibility="Collapsed"                                     IsFilteringAllowed="False"                                     CanUserSortColumns="False">                 <telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewComboBoxColumn DataMemberBinding="{Binding Operator}"                                                         UniqueName="Operator"/>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Value"                                                     DataMemberBinding="{Binding Value.Value}"                                                     UniqueName="Value"/>                 </telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>             </telerikGrid:RadGridView>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="2"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="filterButton"                                   Click="OnApplyFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Apply Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="clearButton"                                   Click="OnClearFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Clear Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>           </Grid>       </Border> </UserControl>   And the code-behind: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Data;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     /// <summary>     /// A custom filtering control capable of filtering purely server-side.     /// </summary>     public partial class DomainDataSourceFilteringControl : UserControl, IFilteringControl     {         // The main player here.         DomainDataSource domainDataSource;           // This is the name of the property that this column displays.         private string dataMemberName;           // This is the type of the property that this column displays.         private Type dataMemberType;           /// <summary>         /// Identifies the <see cref="IsActive"/> dependency property.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// The state of the filtering funnel (i.e. full or empty) is bound to this property.         /// </remarks>         public static readonly DependencyProperty IsActiveProperty =             DependencyProperty.Register(                 "IsActive",                 typeof(bool),                 typeof(DomainDataSourceFilteringControl),                 new PropertyMetadata(false));           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filtering is active.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// Set this to true if you want to lit-up the filtering funnel.         /// </remarks>         public bool IsActive         {             get { return (bool)GetValue(IsActiveProperty); }             set { SetValue(IsActiveProperty, value); }         }           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets the domain data source.         /// We need this in order to work on its FilterDescriptors collection.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The domain data source.</value>         public DomainDataSource DomainDataSource         {             get { return this.domainDataSource; }             set { this.domainDataSource = value; }         }           public System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptorCollection FilterDescriptors         {             get { return this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors; }         }           public DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()         {             InitializeComponent();         }           public void Prepare(GridViewBoundColumnBase column)         {             this.LayoutRoot.DataContext = this;               if (this.DomainDataSource == null)             {                 // Sorry, but we need a DomainDataSource. Can't do anything without it.                 return;             }               // This is the name of the property that this column displays.             this.dataMemberName = column.GetDataMemberName();               // This is the type of the property that this column displays.             // We need this in order to see which FilterOperators to feed to the combo-box column.             this.dataMemberType = column.DataType;               // We will use our magic Type extension method to see which operators are applicable for             // this data type. You can go to the extension method body and see what it does.             ((GridViewComboBoxColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Operator"]).ItemsSource                 = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators();               // This is very nice as well. We will tell the Value column its data type. In this way             // RadGridView will pick up the best editor according to the data type. For example,             // if the data type of the value is DateTime, you will be editing it with a DatePicker.             // Nice!             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataType = this.dataMemberType;               // Yet another nice feature. We will transfer the original DataFormatString (if any) to             // the Value column. In this way if you have specified a DataFormatString for the original             // column, you will see all filter values formatted accordingly.             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataFormatString = column.DataFormatString;               // This is important. Since our little filtersGrid will be bound to the entire collection             // of this.domainDataSource.FilterDescriptors, we need to set a Telerik filter on the             // grid so that it will display FilterDescriptor which are relevane to this column ONLY!             Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor columnFilter = new Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("PropertyPath"                 , Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsEqualTo                 , this.dataMemberName);             this.filtersGrid.FilterDescriptors.Add(columnFilter);               // We want to listen for this in order to activate and de-activate the UI funnel.             this.filtersGrid.Items.CollectionChanged += this.OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged;         }           /// <summary>         // Since the DomainDataSource is a little bit picky about adding uninitialized FilterDescriptors         // to its collection, we will prepare each new instance with some default values and then         // the user can change them later. Go to the event handler to see how we do this.         /// </summary>         void OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem(object sender, GridViewAddingNewEventArgs e)         {             // We need to initialize the new instance with some values and let the user go on from here.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor newFilter = new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor();               // This is a must. It should know what member it is filtering on.             newFilter.PropertyPath = this.dataMemberName;               // Initialize it with one of the allowed operators.             // TypeExtensions.ApplicableFilterOperators method for more info.             newFilter.Operator = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators().First();               if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(DateTime))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = DateTime.Now;             }             else if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(string))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = "<enter text>";             }             else if (this.dataMemberType.IsValueType)             {                 // We need something non-null for all value types.                 newFilter.Value.Value = Activator.CreateInstance(this.dataMemberType);             }               // Let the user edit the new filter any way he/she likes.             e.NewObject = newFilter;         }           void OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged(object sender, System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e)         {             // We are active only if we have any filters define. In this case the filtering funnel will lit-up.             this.IsActive = this.filtersGrid.Items.Count > 0;         }           private void OnApplyFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // Since this.domainDataSource.AutoLoad is false, this will take into             // account all filtering changes that the user has made since the last             // Load() and pull the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnClearFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // We want to remove ONLY those filters from the DomainDataSource             // that this control is responsible for.             this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors                 .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == this.dataMemberName) // Only "our" filters.                 .ToList()                 .ForEach(fd => this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(fd)); // Bye-bye!               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // After we did our housekeeping, get the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnAddFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Let the user enter his/or her requirements for a new filter.             this.filtersGrid.BeginInsert();             this.filtersGrid.UpdateLayout();         }           private void OnRemoveFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Find the currently selected filter and destroy it.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor filterToRemove = this.filtersGrid.SelectedItem as System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor;             if (filterToRemove != null                 && this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Contains(filterToRemove))             {                 this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(filterToRemove);             }         }           private void ClosePopup()         {             System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup popup = this.ParentOfType<System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup>();             if (popup != null)             {                 popup.IsOpen = false;             }         }     } }   Finally, we need to tell RadGridViews Columns to use this custom control instead of the default one. Here is how to do it: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     public partial class MainPage : UserControl     {         public MainPage()         {             InitializeComponent();             this.grid.AutoGeneratingColumn += this.OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn;               // Uncomment this if you want the DomainDataSource to start pre-filtered.             // You will notice how our custom filtering controls will correctly read this information,             // populate their UI with the respective filters and lit-up the funnel to indicate that             // filtering is active. Go ahead and try it.             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("Title", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.Contains, "Assistant"));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsGreaterThan, new DateTime(1998, 12, 31)));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsLessThanOrEqualTo, new DateTime(1999, 12, 31)));               this.employeesDataSource.Load();         }           /// <summary>         /// First of all, we will need to replace the default filtering control         /// of each column with out custom filtering control DomainDataSourceFilteringControl         /// </summary>         private void OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn(object sender, GridViewAutoGeneratingColumnEventArgs e)         {             GridViewBoundColumnBase dataColumn = e.Column as GridViewBoundColumnBase;             if (dataColumn != null)             {                 // We do not like ugly dates.                 if (dataColumn.DataType == typeof(DateTime))                 {                     dataColumn.DataFormatString = "{0:d}"; // Short date pattern.                       // Notice how this format will be later transferred to the Value column                     // of the grid that we have inside the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl.                 }                   // Replace the default filtering control with our.                 dataColumn.FilteringControl = new DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()                 {                     // Let the control know about the DDS, after all it will work directly on it.                     DomainDataSource = this.employeesDataSource                 };                   // Finally, lit-up the filtering funnel through the IsActive dependency property                 // in case there are some filters on the DDS that match our column member.                 string dataMemberName = dataColumn.GetDataMemberName();                 dataColumn.FilteringControl.IsActive =                     this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors                     .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == dataMemberName)                     .Count() > 0;             }         }     } } The best part is that we are not only writing filters for the DomainDataSource we can read and load them. If the DomainDataSource has some pre-existing filters (like I have created in the code above), our control will read them and will populate its UI accordingly. Even the filtering funnel will light-up! Remember, the funnel is controlled by the IsActive property of our control. While this is just a basic implementation, the source code is absolutely yours and you can take it from here and extend it to match your specific business requirements. Below the main grid there is another debug grid. With its help you can monitor what filter descriptors are added and removed to the domain data source. Download Source Code. (You will have to have the AdventureWorks sample database installed on the default SQLExpress instance in order to run it.) Enjoy!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Java JPanel not showing up....

    - by user69514
    I'm not sure what I am doing wrong, but the text for my JPanels is not showing up. I just get the question number text, but the question is not showing up. Any ideas what I am doing wrong? import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.*; import javax.swing.event.*; class NewFrame extends JFrame { JPanel centerpanel; // For the questions. CardLayout card; // For the centerpanel. JTextField tf; // Used in question 1. boolean // Store selections for Q2. q2Option1, q2Option2, q2Option3, q2Option4; JList q4List; // For question 4. double // Score on each question. q1Score = 0, q2Score = 0, q3Score = 0, q4Score = 0; // Constructor. public NewFrame (int width, int height) { this.setTitle ("Snoot Club Membership Test"); this.setResizable (true); this.setSize (width, height); Container cPane = this.getContentPane(); // cPane.setLayout (new BorderLayout()); // First, a welcome message, as a Label. JLabel L = new JLabel ("<html><b>Are you elitist enough for our exclusive club?" + " <br>Fill out the form and find out</b></html>"); L.setForeground (Color.blue); cPane.add (L, BorderLayout.NORTH); // Now the center panel with the questions. card = new CardLayout (); centerpanel = new JPanel (); centerpanel.setLayout (card); centerpanel.setOpaque (false); // Each question will be created in a separate method. // The cardlayout requires a label as second parameter. centerpanel.add (firstQuestion (), "1"); centerpanel.add (secondQuestion(), "2"); centerpanel.add (thirdQuestion(), "3"); centerpanel.add (fourthQuestion(), "4"); cPane.add (centerpanel, BorderLayout.CENTER); // Next, a panel of four buttons at the bottom. // The four buttons: quit, submit, next-question, previous-question. JPanel bottomPanel = getBottomPanel (); cPane.add (bottomPanel, BorderLayout.SOUTH); // Finally, show the frame. this.setVisible (true); } // No-parameter constructor. public NewFrame () { this (500, 300); } // The first question uses labels for the question and // gets input via a textfield. A panel containing all // these things is returned. The question asks for // a vacation destination: the more exotic the location, // the higher the score. JPanel firstQuestion () { // We will package everything into a panel and return the panel. JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); // We will place things in a single column, so // a GridLayout with one column is appropriate. subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (8,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 1:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" Select a vacation destination"); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); JLabel L3 = new JLabel (" 1. Baltimore"); L3.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L3); JLabel L4 = new JLabel (" 2. Disneyland"); L4.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L4); JLabel L5 = new JLabel (" 3. Grand Canyon"); L5.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L5); JLabel L6 = new JLabel (" 4. French Riviera"); L6.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L6); JLabel L7 = new JLabel ("Enter 1,2,3 or 4 below:"); L7.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L7); // Here's the textfield to get user-input. tf = new JTextField (); tf.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { // This interface has only one method. public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { String q1String = a.getActionCommand(); if (q1String.equals ("2")) q1Score = 2; else if (q1String.equals ("3")) q1Score = 3; else if (q1String.equals ("4")) q1Score = 4; else q1Score = 1; } } ); subpanel.add (tf); return subpanel; } // For the second question, a collection of checkboxes // will be used. More than one selection can be made. // A listener is required for each checkbox. The state // of each checkbox is recorded. JPanel secondQuestion () { JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (7,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 2:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" Select ONE OR MORE things that "); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); JLabel L3 = new JLabel (" you put into your lunch sandwich"); L3.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L3); // Initialize the selections to false. q2Option1 = q2Option2 = q2Option3 = q2Option4 = false; // First checkbox. JCheckBox c1 = new JCheckBox ("Ham, beef or turkey"); c1.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option1 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c1); // Second checkbox. JCheckBox c2 = new JCheckBox ("Cheese"); c2.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { // This is where we will react to a change in checkbox. public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option2 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c2); // Third checkbox. JCheckBox c3 = new JCheckBox ("Sun-dried Arugula leaves"); c3.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option3 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c3); // Fourth checkbox. JCheckBox c4 = new JCheckBox ("Lemon-enhanced smoked Siberian caviar"); c4.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option4 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c4); return subpanel; } // The third question allows only one among four choices // to be selected. We will use radio buttons. JPanel thirdQuestion () { JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (6,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 3:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" And which mustard do you use?"); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); // First, create the ButtonGroup instance. // We will add radio buttons to this group. ButtonGroup bGroup = new ButtonGroup(); // First checkbox. JRadioButton r1 = new JRadioButton ("Who cares?"); r1.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 1; } } ); bGroup.add (r1); subpanel.add (r1); // Second checkbox. JRadioButton r2 = new JRadioButton ("Safeway Brand"); r2.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 2; } } ); bGroup.add (r2); subpanel.add (r2); // Third checkbox. JRadioButton r3 = new JRadioButton ("Fleishman's"); r3.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 3; } } ); bGroup.add (r3); subpanel.add (r3); // Fourth checkbox. JRadioButton r4 = new JRadioButton ("Grey Poupon"); r4.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 4; } } ); bGroup.add (r4); subpanel.add (r4); return subpanel; } // For the fourth question we will use a drop-down Choice. JPanel fourthQuestion () { JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (3,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 4:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" Your movie preference, among these:"); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); // Create a JList with options. String[] movies = { "Lethal Weapon IV", "Titanic", "Saving Private Ryan", "Le Art Movie avec subtitles"}; q4List = new JList (movies); q4Score = 1; q4List.addListSelectionListener ( new ListSelectionListener () { public void valueChanged (ListSelectionEvent e) { q4Score = 1 + q4List.getSelectedIndex(); } } ); subpanel.add (q4List); return subpanel; } void computeResult () { // Clear the center panel. centerpanel.removeAll(); // Create a new panel to display in the center. JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (new GridLayout (5,1)); // Score on question 1. JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Score on question 1: " + q1Score); L1.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); // Score on question 2. if (q2Option1) q2Score += 1; if (q2Option2) q2Score += 2; if (q2Option3) q2Score += 3; if (q2Option4) q2Score += 4; q2Score = 0.6 * q2Score; JLabel L2 = new JLabel ("Score on question 2: " + q2Score); L2.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); // Score on question 3. JLabel L3 = new JLabel ("Score on question 3: " + q3Score); L3.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L3); // Score on question 4. JLabel L4 = new JLabel ("Score on question 4: " + q4Score); L4.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L4); // Weighted score. double avg = (q1Score + q2Score + q3Score + q4Score) / (double) 4; JLabel L5; if (avg <= 3.5) L5 = new JLabel ("Your average score: " + avg + " - REJECTED!"); else L5 = new JLabel ("Your average score: " + avg + " - WELCOME!"); L5.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.BOLD, 20)); //L5.setAlignment (JLabel.CENTER); subpanel.add (L5); // Now add the new subpanel. centerpanel.add (subpanel, "5"); // Need to mark the centerpanel as "altered" centerpanel.invalidate(); // Everything "invalid" (e.g., the centerpanel above) // is now re-computed. this.validate(); } JPanel getBottomPanel () { // Create a panel into which we will place buttons. JPanel bottomPanel = new JPanel (); // A "previous-question" button. JButton backward = new JButton ("Previous question"); backward.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); backward.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { // Go back in the card layout. card.previous (centerpanel); } } ); bottomPanel.add (backward); // A forward button. JButton forward = new JButton ("Next question"); forward.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); forward.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { // Go forward in the card layout. card.next (centerpanel); } } ); bottomPanel.add (forward); // A submit button. JButton submit = new JButton ("Submit"); submit.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); submit.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { // Perform submit task. computeResult(); } } ); bottomPanel.add (submit); JButton quitb = new JButton ("Quit"); quitb.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); quitb.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { System.exit (0); } } ); bottomPanel.add (quitb); return bottomPanel; } } public class Survey { public static void main (String[] argv) { NewFrame nf = new NewFrame (600, 300); } }

    Read the article

  • Why is this giving me 2 different sets of timezones?

    - by chobo2
    Hi I have this line to get all the timezones Dictionary<string, TimeZoneInfo> storeZoneName = TimeZoneInfo.GetSystemTimeZones().ToDictionary(z => z.DisplayName); Now when I upload I try it on my local machine I get this (UTC-12:00) International Date Line West (UTC-11:00) Coordinated Universal Time-11 (UTC-11:00) Samoa (UTC-10:00) Hawaii (UTC-09:00) Alaska (UTC-08:00) Baja California (UTC-08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada) (UTC-07:00) Arizona (UTC-07:00) Chihuahua, La Paz, Mazatlan (UTC-07:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada) (UTC-06:00) Central America (UTC-06:00) Central Time (US & Canada) (UTC-06:00) Guadalajara, Mexico City, Monterrey (UTC-06:00) Saskatchewan (UTC-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito (UTC-05:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada) (UTC-05:00) Indiana (East) (UTC-04:30) Caracas (UTC-04:00) Asuncion (UTC-04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada) (UTC-04:00) Cuiaba (UTC-04:00) Georgetown, La Paz, Manaus, San Juan (UTC-04:00) Santiago (UTC-03:30) Newfoundland (UTC-03:00) Brasilia (UTC-03:00) Buenos Aires (UTC-03:00) Cayenne, Fortaleza (UTC-03:00) Greenland (UTC-03:00) Montevideo (UTC-02:00) Coordinated Universal Time-02 (UTC-02:00) Mid-Atlantic (UTC-01:00) Azores (UTC-01:00) Cape Verde Is. (UTC) Casablanca (UTC) Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London (UTC) Monrovia, Reykjavik (UTC+01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna (UTC+01:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague (UTC+01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris (UTC+01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb (UTC+01:00) West Central Africa (UTC+02:00) Amman (UTC+02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul (UTC+02:00) Beirut (UTC+02:00) Cairo (UTC+02:00) Harare, Pretoria (UTC+02:00) Helsinki, Kyiv, Riga, Sofia, Tallinn, Vilnius (UTC+02:00) Jerusalem (UTC+02:00) Minsk (UTC+02:00) Windhoek (UTC+03:00) Baghdad (UTC+03:00) Kuwait, Riyadh (UTC+03:00) Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd (UTC+03:00) Nairobi (UTC+03:30) Tehran (UTC+04:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat (UTC+04:00) Baku (UTC+04:00) Port Louis (UTC+04:00) Tbilisi (UTC+04:00) Yerevan (UTC+04:30) Kabul (UTC+05:00) Ekaterinburg (UTC+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi (UTC+05:00) Tashkent (UTC+05:30) Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi (UTC+05:30) Sri Jayawardenepura (UTC+05:45) Kathmandu (UTC+06:00) Astana (UTC+06:00) Dhaka (UTC+06:00) Novosibirsk (UTC+06:30) Yangon (Rangoon) (UTC+07:00) Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta (UTC+07:00) Krasnoyarsk (UTC+08:00) Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi (UTC+08:00) Irkutsk (UTC+08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore (UTC+08:00) Perth (UTC+08:00) Taipei (UTC+08:00) Ulaanbaatar (UTC+09:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo (UTC+09:00) Seoul (UTC+09:00) Yakutsk (UTC+09:30) Adelaide (UTC+09:30) Darwin (UTC+10:00) Brisbane (UTC+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney (UTC+10:00) Guam, Port Moresby (UTC+10:00) Hobart (UTC+10:00) Vladivostok (UTC+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia (UTC+12:00) Auckland, Wellington (UTC+12:00) Coordinated Universal Time+12 (UTC+12:00) Fiji (UTC+12:00) Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky (UTC+13:00) Nuku'alofa When I run it on a different local machine or my server I have this. <option value="(GMT) Casablanca">(GMT) Casablanca</option> <option value="(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London">(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London</option> <option value="(GMT) Monrovia, Reykjavik">(GMT) Monrovia, Reykjavik</option> <option value="(GMT+01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna">(GMT+01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna</option> <option value="(GMT+01:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague">(GMT+01:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague</option> <option value="(GMT+01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris">(GMT+01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris</option> <option value="(GMT+01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb">(GMT+01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb</option> <option value="(GMT+01:00) West Central Africa">(GMT+01:00) West Central Africa</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Amman">(GMT+02:00) Amman</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul">(GMT+02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Beirut">(GMT+02:00) Beirut</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Cairo">(GMT+02:00) Cairo</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Harare, Pretoria">(GMT+02:00) Harare, Pretoria</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Kyiv, Riga, Sofia, Tallinn, Vilnius">(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Kyiv, Riga, Sofia, Tallinn, Vilnius</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Jerusalem">(GMT+02:00) Jerusalem</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Minsk">(GMT+02:00) Minsk</option> <option value="(GMT+02:00) Windhoek">(GMT+02:00) Windhoek</option> <option value="(GMT+03:00) Baghdad">(GMT+03:00) Baghdad</option> <option value="(GMT+03:00) Kuwait, Riyadh">(GMT+03:00) Kuwait, Riyadh</option> <option value="(GMT+03:00) Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd">(GMT+03:00) Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd</option> <option value="(GMT+03:00) Nairobi">(GMT+03:00) Nairobi</option> <option value="(GMT+03:00) Tbilisi">(GMT+03:00) Tbilisi</option> <option value="(GMT+03:30) Tehran">(GMT+03:30) Tehran</option> <option value="(GMT+04:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat">(GMT+04:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat</option> <option value="(GMT+04:00) Baku">(GMT+04:00) Baku</option> <option value="(GMT+04:00) Port Louis">(GMT+04:00) Port Louis</option> <option value="(GMT+04:00) Yerevan">(GMT+04:00) Yerevan</option> <option value="(GMT+04:30) Kabul">(GMT+04:30) Kabul</option> <option value="(GMT+05:00) Ekaterinburg">(GMT+05:00) Ekaterinburg</option> <option value="(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi">(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi</option> <option value="(GMT+05:00) Tashkent">(GMT+05:00) Tashkent</option> <option value="(GMT+05:30) Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi">(GMT+05:30) Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi</option> <option value="(GMT+05:30) Sri Jayawardenepura">(GMT+05:30) Sri Jayawardenepura</option> <option value="(GMT+05:45) Kathmandu">(GMT+05:45) Kathmandu</option> <option value="(GMT+06:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk">(GMT+06:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk</option> <option value="(GMT+06:00) Astana, Dhaka">(GMT+06:00) Astana, Dhaka</option> <option value="(GMT+06:30) Yangon (Rangoon)">(GMT+06:30) Yangon (Rangoon)</option> <option value="(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta">(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta</option> <option value="(GMT+07:00) Krasnoyarsk">(GMT+07:00) Krasnoyarsk</option> <option value="(GMT+08:00) Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi">(GMT+08:00) Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi</option> <option value="(GMT+08:00) Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar">(GMT+08:00) Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar</option> <option value="(GMT+08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore">(GMT+08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore</option> <option value="(GMT+08:00) Perth">(GMT+08:00) Perth</option> <option value="(GMT+08:00) Taipei">(GMT+08:00) Taipei</option> <option value="(GMT+09:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo">(GMT+09:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo</option> <option value="(GMT+09:00) Seoul">(GMT+09:00) Seoul</option> <option value="(GMT+09:00) Yakutsk">(GMT+09:00) Yakutsk</option> <option value="(GMT+09:30) Adelaide">(GMT+09:30) Adelaide</option> <option value="(GMT+09:30) Darwin">(GMT+09:30) Darwin</option> <option value="(GMT+10:00) Brisbane">(GMT+10:00) Brisbane</option> <option value="(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney">(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney</option> <option value="(GMT+10:00) Guam, Port Moresby">(GMT+10:00) Guam, Port Moresby</option> <option value="(GMT+10:00) Hobart">(GMT+10:00) Hobart</option> <option value="(GMT+10:00) Vladivostok">(GMT+10:00) Vladivostok</option> <option value="(GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia">(GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia</option> <option value="(GMT+12:00) Auckland, Wellington">(GMT+12:00) Auckland, Wellington</option> <option value="(GMT+12:00) Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.">(GMT+12:00) Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.</option> <option value="(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa">(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa</option> <option value="(GMT-01:00) Azores">(GMT-01:00) Azores</option> <option value="(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Is.">(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Is.</option> <option value="(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic">(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic</option> <option value="(GMT-03:00) Brasilia">(GMT-03:00) Brasilia</option> <option value="(GMT-03:00) Buenos Aires">(GMT-03:00) Buenos Aires</option> <option value="(GMT-03:00) Georgetown">(GMT-03:00) Georgetown</option> <option value="(GMT-03:00) Greenland">(GMT-03:00) Greenland</option> <option value="(GMT-03:00) Montevideo">(GMT-03:00) Montevideo</option> <option value="(GMT-03:30) Newfoundland">(GMT-03:30) Newfoundland</option> <option value="(GMT-04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)">(GMT-04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)</option> <option value="(GMT-04:00) La Paz">(GMT-04:00) La Paz</option> <option value="(GMT-04:00) Manaus">(GMT-04:00) Manaus</option> <option value="(GMT-04:00) Santiago">(GMT-04:00) Santiago</option> <option value="(GMT-04:30) Caracas">(GMT-04:30) Caracas</option> <option value="(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito, Rio Branco">(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito, Rio Branco</option> <option value="(GMT-05:00) Eastern Time (US &amp; Canada)">(GMT-05:00) Eastern Time (US &amp; Canada)</option> <option value="(GMT-05:00) Indiana (East)">(GMT-05:00) Indiana (East)</option> <option value="(GMT-06:00) Central America">(GMT-06:00) Central America</option> <option value="(GMT-06:00) Central Time (US &amp; Canada)">(GMT-06:00) Central Time (US &amp; Canada)</option> <option value="(GMT-06:00) Guadalajara, Mexico City, Monterrey">(GMT-06:00) Guadalajara, Mexico City, Monterrey</option> <option value="(GMT-06:00) Saskatchewan">(GMT-06:00) Saskatchewan</option> <option value="(GMT-07:00) Arizona">(GMT-07:00) Arizona</option> <option value="(GMT-07:00) Chihuahua, La Paz, Mazatlan">(GMT-07:00) Chihuahua, La Paz, Mazatlan</option> <option value="(GMT-07:00) Mountain Time (US &amp; Canada)">(GMT-07:00) Mountain Time (US &amp; Canada)</option> <option value="(GMT-08:00) Pacific Time (US &amp; Canada)">(GMT-08:00) Pacific Time (US &amp; Canada)</option> <option value="(GMT-08:00) Tijuana, Baja California">(GMT-08:00) Tijuana, Baja California</option> <option value="(GMT-09:00) Alaska">(GMT-09:00) Alaska</option> <option value="(GMT-10:00) Hawaii">(GMT-10:00) Hawaii</option> <option value="(GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoa">(GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoa</option> <option value="(GMT-12:00) International Date Line West">(GMT-12:00) International Date Line West</option> They are different. Same line of code but one is GMT and one is UTC. How can I force it to be always the same? Also I want to have a default choice of "UTC" but I am not sure what the diff is between this (UTC-11:00) Coordinated Universal Time-11 and this (UTC-02:00) Coordinated Universal Time-02

    Read the article

  • Choosing a VS project type (C++)

    - by typoknig
    Hi all, I do not use C++ much (I try to stick to the easier stuff like Java and VB.NET), but the lately I have not had a choice. When I am picking a project type in VS for some C++ source I download, what project type should I pick? I had just been sticking with Win32 Console Applications, but I just downloaded some code (below) that will not work right even when it compiles with out errors. I have tried to use a CLR Console Application and an empty project too, and have changed many variables along the way, but I cannot get this code to work. I noticed that this code does not have "int main()" at its beginning, does that have something to do with it? Anyways, here is the code, got it from here: /* Demo of modified Lucas-Kanade optical flow algorithm. See the printf below */ #ifdef _CH_ #pragma package <opencv> #endif #ifndef _EiC #include "cv.h" #include "highgui.h" #include <stdio.h> #include <ctype.h> #endif #include <windows.h> #define FULL_IMAGE_AS_OUTPUT_FILE #define cvMirror cvFlip //IplImage *image = 0, *grey = 0, *prev_grey = 0, *pyramid = 0, *prev_pyramid = 0, *swap_temp; IplImage **buf = 0; IplImage *image1 = 0; IplImage *imageCopy=0; IplImage *image = 0; int win_size = 10; const int MAX_COUNT = 500; CvPoint2D32f* points[2] = {0,0}, *swap_points; char* status = 0; //int count = 0; //int need_to_init = 0; //int night_mode = 0; int flags = 0; //int add_remove_pt = 0; bool bLButtonDown = false; //bool bstopLoop = false; CvPoint pt, pt1,pt2; //IplImage* img1; FILE* FileDest; char* strImageDir = "E:\\Projects\\TSCreator\\Images"; char* strItemName = "b"; int imageCount=0; int bFirstFace = 1; // flag for first face int mode = 1; // Mode 1 - Haar Traing Sample Creation, 2 - HMM sample creation, Mode = 3 - Both Harr and HMM. //int startImgeNo = 1; bool isEqualRation = false; //Weidth to height ratio is equal //Selected Image data IplImage *selectedImage = 0; int selectedX = 0, selectedY = 0, currentImageNo = 0, selectedWidth = 0, selectedHeight= 0; CvRect selectedROI; void saveFroHarrTraining(IplImage *src, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageCount); void saveForHMMTraining(IplImage *src, CvRect roi,int imageCount); // Code for draw ROI Cropping Image void on_mouse( int event, int x, int y, int flags, void* param ) { char f[200]; CvRect reg; if( !image ) return; if( event == CV_EVENT_LBUTTONDOWN ) { bLButtonDown = true; pt1.x = x; pt1.y = y; } else if ( event == CV_EVENT_MOUSEMOVE ) //Draw the selected area rectangle { pt2.x = x; pt2.y = y; if(bLButtonDown) { if( !image1 ) { /* allocate all the buffers */ image1 = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(image), 8, 3 ); image1->origin = image->origin; points[0] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); points[1] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); status = (char*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT); flags = 0; } cvCopy( image, image1, 0 ); //Equal Weight-Height Ratio if(isEqualRation) { pt2.y = pt1.y + (pt2.x-pt1.x); } //Max Height and Width is the image width and height if(pt2.x>image->width) { pt2.x = image->width; } if(pt2.y>image->height) { pt2.y = image->height; } CvPoint InnerPt1 = pt1; CvPoint InnerPt2 = pt2; if ( InnerPt1.x > InnerPt2.x) { int tempX = InnerPt1.x; InnerPt1.x = InnerPt2.x; InnerPt2.x = tempX; } if ( pt2.y < InnerPt1.y ) { int tempY = InnerPt1.y; InnerPt1.y = InnerPt2.y; InnerPt2.y = tempY; } InnerPt1.y = image->height - InnerPt1.y; InnerPt2.y = image->height - InnerPt2.y; CvFont font; double hScale=1.0; double vScale=1.0; int lineWidth=1; cvInitFont(&font,CV_FONT_HERSHEY_SIMPLEX|CV_FONT_ITALIC, hScale,vScale,0,lineWidth); char size [200]; reg.x = pt1.x; reg.y = image->height - pt2.y; reg.height = abs (pt2.y - pt1.y); reg.width = InnerPt2.x -InnerPt1.x; //print width and heght of the selected reagion sprintf(size, "(%dx%d)",reg.width, reg.height); cvPutText (image1,size,cvPoint(10,10), &font, cvScalar(255,255,0)); cvRectangle(image1, InnerPt1, InnerPt2, CV_RGB(255,0,0), 1); //Mark Selected Reagion selectedImage = image; selectedX = pt1.x; selectedY = pt1.y; selectedWidth = reg.width; selectedHeight = reg.height; selectedROI = reg; //Show the modified image cvShowImage("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator",image1); } } else if ( event == CV_EVENT_LBUTTONUP ) { bLButtonDown = false; // pt2.x = x; // pt2.y = y; // // if ( pt1.x > pt2.x) // { // int tempX = pt1.x; // pt1.x = pt2.x; // pt2.x = tempX; // } // // if ( pt2.y < pt1.y ) // { // int tempY = pt1.y; // pt1.y = pt2.y; // pt2.y = tempY; // // } // //reg.x = pt1.x; //reg.y = image->height - pt2.y; // //reg.height = abs (pt2.y - pt1.y); ////reg.width = reg.height/3; //reg.width = pt2.x -pt1.x; ////reg.height = (2 * reg.width)/3; #ifdef FULL_IMAGE_AS_OUTPUT_FILE CvRect FullImageRect; FullImageRect.x = 0; FullImageRect.y = 0; FullImageRect.width = image->width; FullImageRect.height = image->height; IplImage *regionFullImage =0; regionFullImage = cvCreateImage(cvSize (FullImageRect.width, FullImageRect.height), image->depth, image->nChannels); image->roi = NULL; //cvSetImageROI (image, FullImageRect); //cvCopy (image, regionFullImage, 0); #else IplImage *region =0; region = cvCreateImage(cvSize (reg.width, reg.height), image1->depth, image1->nChannels); image->roi = NULL; cvSetImageROI (image1, reg); cvCopy (image1, region, 0); #endif //cvNamedWindow("Result", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); //selectedImage = image; //selectedX = pt1.x; //selectedY = pt1.y; //selectedWidth = reg.width; //selectedHeight = reg.height; ////currentImageNo = startImgeNo; //selectedROI = reg; /*if(mode == 1) { saveFroHarrTraining(image,pt1.x,pt1.y,reg.width,reg.height,startImgeNo); } else if(mode == 2) { saveForHMMTraining(image,reg,startImgeNo); } else if(mode ==3) { saveFroHarrTraining(image,pt1.x,pt1.y,reg.width,reg.height,startImgeNo); saveForHMMTraining(image,reg,startImgeNo); } else { printf("Invalid mode."); } startImgeNo++;*/ } } /* Save popsitive samples for Harr Training. Also add an entry to the PositiveSample.txt with the location of the item of interest. */ void saveFroHarrTraining(IplImage *src, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageCount) { char f[255] ; sprintf(f,"%s\\%s\\harr_%s%d%d.jpg",strImageDir,strItemName,strItemName,imageCount/10, imageCount%10); cvNamedWindow("Harr", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); cvShowImage("Harr", src); cvSaveImage(f, src); printf("output%d%d \t ", imageCount/10, imageCount%10); printf("width %d \t", width); printf("height %d \t", height); printf("x1 %d \t", x); printf("y1 %d \t\n", y); char f1[255]; sprintf(f1,"%s\\PositiveSample.txt",strImageDir); FileDest = fopen(f1, "a"); fprintf(FileDest, "%s\\harr_%s%d.jpg 1 %d %d %d %d \n",strItemName,strItemName, imageCount, x, y, width, height); fclose(FileDest); } /* Create Sample Images for HMM recognition algorythm trai ning. */ void saveForHMMTraining(IplImage *src, CvRect roi,int imageCount) { char f[255] ; printf("x=%d, y=%d, w= %d, h= %d\n",roi.x,roi.y,roi.width,roi.height); //Create the file name sprintf(f,"%s\\%s\\hmm_%s%d.pgm",strImageDir,strItemName,strItemName, imageCount); //Create storage for grayscale image IplImage* gray = cvCreateImage(cvSize(roi.width,roi.height), 8, 1); //Create storage for croped reagon IplImage* regionFullImage = cvCreateImage(cvSize(roi.width,roi.height),8,3); //Croped marked region cvSetImageROI(src,roi); cvCopy(src,regionFullImage); cvResetImageROI(src); //Flip croped image - otherwise it will saved upside down cvConvertImage(regionFullImage, regionFullImage, CV_CVTIMG_FLIP); //Convert croped image to gray scale cvCvtColor(regionFullImage,gray, CV_BGR2GRAY); //Show final grayscale image cvNamedWindow("HMM", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); cvShowImage("HMM", gray); //Save final grayscale image cvSaveImage(f, gray); } int maina( int argc, char** argv ) { CvCapture* capture = 0; //if( argc == 1 || (argc == 2 && strlen(argv[1]) == 1 && isdigit(argv[1][0]))) // capture = cvCaptureFromCAM( argc == 2 ? argv[1][0] - '0' : 0 ); //else if( argc == 2 ) // capture = cvCaptureFromAVI( argv[1] ); char* video; if(argc ==7) { mode = atoi(argv[1]); strImageDir = argv[2]; strItemName = argv[3]; video = argv[4]; currentImageNo = atoi(argv[5]); int a = atoi(argv[6]); if(a==1) { isEqualRation = true; } else { isEqualRation = false; } } else { printf("\nUsage: TSCreator.exe <Mode> <Sample Image Save Path> <Sample Image Save Directory> <Video File Location> <Start Image No> <Is Equal Ratio>\n"); printf("Mode = 1 - Haar Traing Sample Creation. \nMode = 2 - HMM sample creation.\nMode = 3 - Both Harr and HMM\n"); printf("Is Equal Ratio = 0 or 1. 1 - Equal weidth and height, 0 - custom."); printf("Note: You have to create the image save directory in correct path first.\n"); printf("Eg: TSCreator.exe 1 E:\Projects\TSCreator\Images A 11.avi 1 1\n\n"); return 0; } capture = cvCaptureFromAVI(video); if( !capture ) { fprintf(stderr,"Could not initialize capturing...\n"); return -1; } cvNamedWindow("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); cvSetMouseCallback("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", on_mouse, 0); //cvShowImage("Test", image1); for(;;) { IplImage* frame = 0; int i, k, c; frame = cvQueryFrame( capture ); if( !frame ) break; if( !image ) { /* allocate all the buffers */ image = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 3 ); image->origin = frame->origin; //grey = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); //prev_grey = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); //pyramid = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); // prev_pyramid = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); points[0] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); points[1] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); status = (char*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT); flags = 0; } cvCopy( frame, image, 0 ); // cvCvtColor( image, grey, CV_BGR2GRAY ); cvShowImage("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", image); cvSetMouseCallback("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", on_mouse, 0); c = cvWaitKey(0); if((char)c == 's') { //Save selected reagion as training data if(selectedImage) { printf("Selected Reagion Saved\n"); if(mode == 1) { saveFroHarrTraining(selectedImage,selectedX,selectedY,selectedWidth,selectedHeight,currentImageNo); } else if(mode == 2) { saveForHMMTraining(selectedImage,selectedROI,currentImageNo); } else if(mode ==3) { saveFroHarrTraining(selectedImage,selectedX,selectedY,selectedWidth,selectedHeight,currentImageNo); saveForHMMTraining(selectedImage,selectedROI,currentImageNo); } else { printf("Invalid mode."); } currentImageNo++; } } } cvReleaseCapture( &capture ); //cvDestroyWindow("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator"); cvDestroyAllWindows(); return 0; } #ifdef _EiC main(1,"lkdemo.c"); #endif If I put... #include "stdafx.h" int _tmain(int argc, _TCHAR* argv[]) { return 0; } ... before the previous code (and link it to the correct OpenCV .lib files) it compiles without errors, but does nothing at the command line. How do I make it work?

    Read the article

  • HTML5 Form: Page Is Reloading Instantly After Restyling (And It Shouldn't Be)

    - by user3689753
    I have a form. I have made it so that if your name is not put in, a red border is put on the name field. That works, BUT...it's for a split second, and then the page reloads. I want the red border to appear, and then stay there. For some reason it's for a split second. Can someone help me make it so the page doesn't reload after displaying the red border? Here's the script. window.onload = function() { document.getElementById("Hogwarts").onsubmit = function () { window.alert("Form submitted. Owl being sent..."); var fname = document.getElementById("fName"); if(!fName.value.match("^[A-Z][A-Za-z]+( [A-Z][A-Za-z]*)*$")) { window.alert("You must enter your name."); addClass(fName, "errorDisp"); document.getElementById("fName").focus(); } else return true; } } function addClass(element, classToAdd) { var currentClassValue = element.className; if (currentClassValue.indexOf(classToAdd) == -1) { if ((currentClassValue == null) || (currentClassValue === "")) { element.className = classToAdd; } else { element.className += " " + classToAdd; } } } function removeClass(element, classToRemove) { var currentClassValue = element.className; if (currentClassValue == classToRemove) { element.className = ""; return; } var classValues = currentClassValue.split(" "); var filteredList = []; for (var i = 0 ; i < classValues.length; i++) { if (classToRemove != classValues[i]) { filteredList.push(classValues[i]); } } element.className = filteredList.join(" "); } Here's the HTML. <!DOCTYPE HTML> <html lang="en"> <head> <meta charset="UTF-8" /> <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1, maximum-scale=1"> <title>Hogwarts School of Witchcraft And Wizardry Application Form</title> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="main.css" media="screen"/> <script src="script.js" type="text/javascript"></script> </head> <body> <section> <header> <h1>Hogwarts School of Witchcraft And Wizardry</h1> <nav></nav> </header> <main> <form method="post" id="Hogwarts"> <!--<form action="showform.php" method="post" id="Hogwarts">--!> <fieldset id="aboutMe"> <legend id="aboutMeLeg">About Me</legend> <div class="fieldleading"> <label for="fName" class="labelstyle">First name:</label> <input type="text" id="fName" name="fName" autofocus maxlength="50" value="" placeholder="First Name" size="30"> <label for="lName" class="labelstyle">Last name:</label> <input type="text" id="lName" name="lName" required maxlength="50" value="" placeholder="Last Name" pattern="^[A-Za-z ]{3,}$" size="30"> <label for="age" class="labelstyle">Age:</label> <input type="number" id="age" name="age" required min="17" step="1" max="59" value="" placeholder="Age"> </div> <div class="fieldleading"> <label for="date" class="labelstyle">Date Of Birth:</label> <input type="date" name="date1" id="date" required autofocus value=""> </div> <div id="whitegender"> <div class="fieldleading"> <label class="labelstyle">Gender:</label> </div> <input type="radio" name="sex" value="male" class="gender" required="required">Male<br/> <input type="radio" name="sex" value="female" class="gender" required="required">Female<br/> <input type="radio" name="sex" value="other" class="gender" required="required">Other </div> </fieldset> <fieldset id="contactInfo"> <legend id="contactInfoLeg">Contact Information</legend> <div class="fieldleading"> <label for="street" class="labelstyle">Street Address:</label> <input type="text" id="street" name="street" required autofocus maxlength="50" value="" placeholder="Street Address" pattern="^[0-9A-Za-z\. ]+{5,}$" size="35"> <label for="city" class="labelstyle">City:</label> <input type="text" id="city" name="city" required autofocus maxlength="30" value="" placeholder="City" pattern="^[A-Za-z ]{3,}$" size="35"> <label for="State" class="labelstyle">State:</label> <select required id="State" name="State" > <option value="Select Your State">Select Your State</option> <option value="Delaware">Delaware</option> <option value="Pennsylvania">Pennsylvania</option> <option value="New Jersey">New Jersey</option> <option value="Georgia">Georgia</option> <option value="Connecticut">Connecticut</option> <option value="Massachusetts">Massachusetts</option> <option value="Maryland">Maryland</option> <option value="New Hampshire">New Hampshire</option> <option value="New York">New York</option> <option value="Virginia">Virginia</option> </select> </div> <div class="fieldleading"> <label for="zip" class="labelstyle">5-Digit Zip Code:</label> <input id="zip" name="zip" required autofocus maxlength="5" value="" placeholder="Your Zip Code" pattern="^\d{5}$"> <label for="usrtel" class="labelstyle">10-Digit Telephone Number:</label> <input type="tel" name="usrtel" id="usrtel" required autofocus value="" placeholder="123-456-7890" pattern="^\d{3}[\-]\d{3}[\-]\d{4}$"> </div> <div class="fieldleading"> <label for="email1" class="labelstyle">Email:</label> <input type="email" name="email1" id="email1" required autofocus value="" placeholder="[email protected]" pattern="^[a-z0-9._%+-]+@[a-z0-9.-]+\.[a-z]{2,4}$" size="35"> <label for="homepage1" class="labelstyle">Home Page:</label> <input type="url" name="homepage1" id="homepage1" required autofocus value="" placeholder="http://www.hp.com" pattern="https?://.+" size="35"> </div> </fieldset> <fieldset id="yourInterests"> <legend id="yourInterestsLeg">Your Interests</legend> <label for="Major" class="labelstyle">Major/Program Choice:</label> <select required id="Major" name="Major" > <option value="">Select Your Major</option> <option value="Magic1">Magic Horticulture</option> <option value="Magic2">Black Magic</option> <option value="White">White Magic</option> <option value="Blue">Blue Magic</option> <option value="Non">Non-Wizardry Studies</option> </select> </fieldset> <button type="submit" value="Submit" class="submitreset">Submit</button> <button type="reset" value="Reset" class="submitreset">Reset</button> </form> </main> <footer> &copy; 2014 Bennett Nestok </footer> </section> </body> </html> Here's the CSS. a:link { text-decoration: none !important; color:black !important; } a:visited { text-decoration: none !important; color:red !important; } a:active { text-decoration: none !important; color:green !important; } a:hover { text-decoration: none !important; color:blue !important; background-color:white !important; } ::-webkit-input-placeholder { color: #ffffff; } /* gray80 */ :-moz-placeholder { color: #ffffff; } /* Firefox 18- (one color)*/ ::-moz-placeholder { color: #ffffff; } /* Firefox 19+ (double colons) */ :-ms-input-placeholder { color: #ffffff; } body { margin: 0px auto; text-align:center; background-color:grey; font-weight:normal; font-size:12px; font-family: verdana; color:black; background-image:url('bgtexture.jpg'); background-repeat:repeat; } footer { text-align:center; margin: 0px auto; bottom:0px; position:absolute; width:100%; color:white; background-color:black; height:20px; padding-top:4px; } h1 { color:white; text-align:center; margin: 0px auto; margin-bottom:50px; width:100%; background-color:black; padding-top: 13px; padding-bottom: 14px; -moz-box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.5); -webkit-box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.5); text-shadow: 0 -1px 1px rgba(0,0,0,0.25); } button.submitreset { -moz-border-radius: 400px; -webkit-border-radius: 400px; border-radius: 400px; -moz-box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.5); -webkit-box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.5); text-shadow: 0 -1px 1px rgba(0,0,0,0.25); } .labelstyle { background-color:#a7a7a7; color:black; -moz-border-radius: 400px; -webkit-border-radius: 400px; border-radius: 400px; padding:3px 3px 3px 3px; } #aboutMe, #contactInfo, #yourInterests { margin-bottom:30px; text-align:left !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 10px; } #Hogwarts { text-align:center; margin:0px auto; width:780px; padding-top: 20px !important; padding-bottom: 20px !important; background: -webkit-linear-gradient(#474747, grey); /* For Safari 5.1 to 6.0 */ background: -o-linear-gradient(#474747, grey); /* For Opera 11.1 to 12.0 */ background: -moz-linear-gradient(#474747, grey); /* For Firefox 3.6 to 15 */ background: linear-gradient(#474747, grey); /* Standard syntax */ border-color:black; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; -moz-box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.5); -webkit-box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.5); text-shadow: 0 -1px 1px rgba(0,0,0,0.25); } @media (max-width: 800px){ .labelstyle { display: none; } #Hogwarts { width:300px; } h1 { width:304px; margin-bottom:0px; } .fieldleading { margin-bottom:0px !important; } ::-webkit-input-label { /* WebKit browsers */ color: transparent; } :-moz-label { /* Mozilla Firefox 4 to 18 */ color: transparent; } ::-moz-label { /* Mozilla Firefox 19+ */ color: transparent; } :-ms-input-label { /* Internet Explorer 10+ */ color: transparent; } ::-webkit-input-placeholder { /* WebKit browsers */ color: grey !important; } :-moz-placeholder { /* Mozilla Firefox 4 to 18 */ color: grey !important; } ::-moz-placeholder { /* Mozilla Firefox 19+ */ color: grey !important; } :-ms-input-placeholder { /* Internet Explorer 10+ */ color: grey !important; } #aboutMe, #contactInfo, #yourInterests { margin-bottom:10px; text-align:left !important; padding: 5px 5px 5px 5px; } } br { display: block; line-height: 10px; } .fieldleading { margin-bottom:10px; } legend { color:white; } #whitegender { color:white; } #moreleading { margin-bottom:10px; } /*opera only hack attempt*/ @media not all and (-webkit-min-device-pixel-ratio:0) { .fieldleading { margin-bottom:30px !important; } } .errorDisp { border-color: red; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; }

    Read the article

  • adresse book with C programming, i have problem with library i think, couldn't complite my code

    - by osabri
    I've divided my code in small programm so it can be easy to excute /* ab_error.c : in case of errors following messages will be displayed */ #include "adressbook.h" static char *errormsg[] = { "", "\nNot enough space on disk", "\nCannot open file", "\nCannot read file", "\nCannot write file" }; void check(int error) { switch(error) { case 0: return; case 1: write_file(); case 2: case 3: case 4: system("cls"); fputs(errormsg[error], stderr); exit(error); } } 2nd /* ab_fileio.c : functions for file input/output */ include "adressbook.h" static char ab_file[] = "ADRESSBOOK.DAT"; //file to save the entries int read_file(void) { int error = 0; FILE *fp; ELEMENT *new_e, *last_e = NULL; DATA buffer; if( (fp = fopen(ab_file, "rb")) == NULL) return -1; //no file found while (fread(&buffer, sizeof(DATA), 1, fp) == 1) //reads one list element after another { if( (new_e = make_element()) == NULL) { error = 1; break; //not enough space } new_e->person = buffer; //copy data to new element new_e->next = NULL; if(hol.first == NULL) //list is empty? hol.first = new_e; //yes else last_e->next = new_e; //no last_e = new_e; ++hol.amount; } if( !error && !feof(fp) ) error = 3; //cannot read file fclose(fp); return error; } /-------------------------------/ int write_file(void) { int error = 0; FILE *fp; ELEMENT *p; if( (p = hol.first) == NULL) return 0; //list is empty if( (fp = fopen(ab_file, "wb")) == NULL) return 2; //cannot open while( p!= NULL) { if( fwrite(&p->person, sizeof(DATA), 1, fp) < 1) { error = 4; break; //cannot write } p = p->next; } fclose(fp); return error; } 3rd /* ab_list.c : functions to manipulate the list */ #include "adressbook.h" HOL hol = {0, NULL}; //global definition for head of list /* -------------------- */ ELEMENT *make_element(void) { return (ELEMENT *)malloc( sizeof(ELEMENT) ); } /* -------------------- */ int ins_element( DATA *newdata) { ELEMENT *new_e, *pre_p; if((new_e = make_element()) == NULL) return 1; new_e ->person = *newdata; // copy data to new element pre_p = search(new_e->person.family_name); if(pre_p == NULL) //no person in list { new_e->next = hol.first; //put it to the begin hol.first = new_e; } else { new_e->next = pre_p->next; pre_p->next = new_e; } ++hol.amount; return 0; } int erase_element( char name, char surname ) { return 0; } /* ---------------------*/ ELEMENT *search(char *name) { ELEMENT *sp, *retp; //searchpointer, returnpointer retp = NULL; sp = hol.first; while(sp != NULL && sp->person.family_name != name) { retp = sp; sp = sp->next; } return(retp); } 4th /* ab_screen.c : functions for printing information on screen */ #include "adressbook.h" #include <conio.h> #include <ctype.h> /* standard prompts for in- and output */ static char pgmname[] = "---- Oussama's Adressbook made in splendid C ----"; static char options[] = "\ 1: Enter new adress\n\n\ 2: Delete entry\n\n\ 3: Change entry\n\n\ 4: Print adress\n\n\ Esc: Exit\n\n\n\ Your choice . . .: "; static char prompt[] = "\ Name . . . .:\n\ Surname . . :\n\n\ Street . . .:\n\n\ House number:\n\n\ Postal code :\n\n\ Phone number:"; static char buttons[] = "\ <Esc> = cancel input <Backspace> = correct input\ <Return> = assume"; static char headline[] = "\ Name Surname Street House Postal code Phone number \n\ ------------------------------------------------------------------------"; static char further[] = "\ -------- continue with any key --------"; /* ---------------------------------- */ int menu(void) //show menu and read user input { int c; system ("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(6,0); printf("%s", options); while( (c = getch()) != ESC && (c < '1' || c > '4')) putch('\a'); return c; } /* ---------------------------------- */ int print_adr_book(void) //display adressbook { int line = 1; ELEMENT *p = hol.first; system("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(2,0); puts(headline); set_cur(5,0); while(p != NULL) //run through list and show entries { printf("%5d %-15s ",line, p->person.family_name); printf("%-12s %-15s ", p->person.given_name, p->person.street); printf("%-4d %-5d %-12d\n",p->person.house_number, p->person.postal_code, p->person.phone); p = p->next; if( p == NULL || ++line %16 == 1) //end of list or screen is full { set_cur(24,0); printf("%s",further); if( getch() == ESC) return 0; set_cur(5,0); scroll_up(0,5,24);//puts(headline); } } return 0; } /* -------------------------------------------*/ int make_entry(void) { char cache[50]; DATA newperson; ELEMENT *p; while(1) { system("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(6,0); puts("Please enter new data:"); set_cur(10,0); puts(prompt); set_cur(24,0); printf("%s",buttons); balken(10, 25, MAXL, ' ',0x70); //input name if(input(newperson.family_name, MAXL, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(12,25, MAXL, ' ', 0x70); //surname if(input(newperson.given_name, MAXL, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(14,25, 30, ' ', 0x70); //street if(input(newperson.street, 30, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(16,25, 4, ' ',0x70); //housenumber if(input(cache, 4, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.house_number = atol(cache); //to string balken(18,25, 5, ' ',0x70); //postal code if(input(cache, 5, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.postal_code = atol(cache); //to string balken(20,25, 20, ' ',0x70); //phone number if(input(cache, 20, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.phone = atol(cache); //to string p = search(newperson.phone); if( p!= NULL && p->person.phone == newperson.phone) { set_cur(22,25); puts("phonenumber already exists!"); set_cur(24,0); printf("%s, further"); getch(); continue; } } } 5th /* adress_book_project.c : main program to create an adressbook */ /* copyrights by Oussama Sabri, June 2010 */ #include "adressbook.h" //project header file int main() { int rv, cmd; //return value, user command if ( (rv = read_file() ) == -1) // no data saved yet rv = make_entry(); check(rv); //prompts an error and quits program on disfunction do { switch (cmd = menu())//calls menu and gets user input back { case '1': rv = make_entry(); break; case '2': //delete entry case '3': //changes entry rv = change_entry(cmd); break; case '4': //prints adressbook on screen rv = print_adr_book(); break; case ESC: //end of program system ("cls"); rv = 0; break; } }while(cmd!= ESC); check ( write_file() ); //save adressbook return 0; } 6th /* Getcb.c --> Die Funktion getcb() liefert die naechste * * Tastatureingabe (ruft den BIOS-INT 0x16 auf). * * Return-Wert: * * ASCII-Code bzw. erweiterter Code + 256 */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> int getcb(void) { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 0; // Subfunktion 0: ein Zeichen // von der Tastatur lesen. int86( 0x16, &intregs, &intregs); if( intregs.h.al != 0) // Falls ASCII-Zeichen, return (intregs.h.al); // dieses zurueckgeben. else // Sonst den erweiterten return (intregs.h.ah + 0x100); // Code + 256 } 7th /* PUTCB.C --> enthaelt die Funktionen * * - putcb() * * - putcb9() * * - balken() * * - input() * * * * Es werden die Funktionen 9 und 14 des Video-Interrupts * * (ROM-BIOS-Interrupt 0x10) verwendet. * * * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen stehen in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * putcb(c) gibt das Zeichen auf der aktuellen Cursor-Position * am Bildschirm aus. Der Cursor wird versetzt. * Steuerzeichen Back-Space, CR, LF und BELL werden * ausgefuehrt. * Return-Wert: keiner */ void putcb(unsigned char c) /* Gibt das Zeichen in c auf */ { /* den Bildschirm aus. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 14; /* Subfunktion 14 ("Teletype") */ intregs.h.al = c; intregs.h.bl = 0xf; /* Vordergrund-Farbe im */ /* Grafik-Modus. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * putcb9(c,count,mode) gibt das Zeichen in c count-mal im * angegebenen Modus auf der aktuellen * Cursor-Position am Bildschirm aus. * Der Cursor wird nicht versetzt. * * Return-Wert: keiner */ void putcb9( unsigned char c, /* das Zeichen */ unsigned count, /* die Anzahl */ unsigned mode ) /* Low-Byte: das Atrribut */ { /* High-Byte: die Bildschirmseite*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 9; /* Subfunktion 9 des Int 0x10 */ intregs.h.al = c; intregs.x.bx = mode; intregs.x.cx = count; int86( VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * balken() positioniert den Cursor und zeichnet einen Balken, * wobei Position, L„nge, Fllzeichen und Attribut * als Argumente bergeben werden. * Der Cursor bleibt auf der ersten Position im Balken. */ void balken( unsigned int zeile, /* Start-Position */ unsigned int spalte, unsigned int laenge, /* Laenge des Balkens */ unsigned char c, /* Fuellzeichen */ unsigned int modus) /* Low-Byte: Attribut */ /* High-Byte: Bildschirmseite */ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; /* Cursor auf der angegebenen */ intregs.h.dh = zeile; /* Bildschirmseite versetzen. */ intregs.h.dl = spalte; intregs.h.bh = (modus >> 8); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); putcb9(c, laenge, modus); /* Balken ausgeben. */ } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * input() liest Zeichen von der Tastatur ein und haengt '\0' an. * Mit Backspace kann die Eingabe geloescht werden. * Das Attribut am Bildschirm bleibt erhalten. * * Argumente: 1. Zeiger auf den Eingabepuffer. * 2. Anzahl maximal einzulesender Zeichen. * 3. Die optionalen Argumente: Zeichen, mit denen die * Eingabe abgebrochen werden kann. * Diese Liste muá mit CR = '\r' enden! * Return-Wert: Das Zeichen, mit dem die Eingabe abgebrochen wurde. */ #include <stdarg.h> int getcb( void); /* Zum Lesen der Tastatur */ int input(char *puffer, int max,... ) { int c; /* aktuelles Zeichen */ int breakc; /* Abruchzeichen */ int nc = 0; /* Anzahl eingelesener Zeichen */ va_list argp; /* Zeiger auf die weiteren Arumente */ while(1) { *puffer = '\0'; va_start(argp, max); /* argp initialisieren */ c = getcb(); do /* Mit Zeichen der Abbruchliste vergleichen */ if(c == (breakc = va_arg(argp,int)) ) return(breakc); while( breakc != '\r' ); va_end( argp); if( c == '\b' && nc > 0) /* Backspace? */ { --nc; --puffer; putcb(c); putcb(' '); putcb(c); } else if( c >= 32 && c <= 255 && nc < max ) { ++nc; *puffer++ = c; putcb(c); } else if( nc == max) putcb('\7'); /* Ton ausgeben */ } } 8th /* Video.c --> Enthaelt die Funktionen * cls(), * scroll_up(), scroll_down(), * set_cur(), get_cur(), * set_screen_page(), get_screen_page() * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen befinden sich in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #include "bio.h" #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 typedef unsigned char BYTE; void scroll_up( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster hoch rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x600 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 6, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void scroll_down( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster runter rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x700 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 7, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void set_cur( int zeile, int spalte) /* versetzt den Cursor */ { /* der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; intregs.h.dh = (BYTE)zeile; intregs.h.dl = (BYTE)spalte; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte) /* holt die Cursor- */ { /* Position der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 3; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); *zeile = (unsigned)intregs.h.dh; *spalte = (unsigned)intregs.h.dl; } void cls(void) { scroll_up(0,0,24); /* Gesamten Bildschirm loeschen. */ set_cur(0,0); /* Cursor in Home-Position. */ } int get_screen_page(void) /* Aktuelle Bildschirmseite holen.*/ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 15; /* Subfunktion AH = 15: */ /* Bildschirm-Modus feststellen. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); return (intregs.h.bh); } void set_screen_page(int seite) /* setzt die aktive Seite des */ { /* Bildschirmpuffers auf die */ /* angegebene Seite. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x500 + seite; /* Subfunktion AH = 5 */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- Ein kleines Testprogramm : */ /* #include <stdio.h> int main() { cls(); set_cur(23, 0); printf("Weiter mit <Return>\n"); set_cur(12, 20); printf("Ein Test!\n"); getchar(); scroll_up(3, 5, 20); getchar(); scroll_down(6, 5, 20); getchar(); set_screen_page(1); printf("\nAuf der 2. Seite !\n"); getchar(); set_screen_page(0); set_cur(0,0); printf("\nWieder auf der 1. Seite !\n"); getchar(); cls(); return 0; } */ /* Video.c --> Enthaelt die Funktionen * cls(), * scroll_up(), scroll_down(), * set_cur(), get_cur(), * set_screen_page(), get_screen_page() * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen befinden sich in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #include "bio.h" #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 typedef unsigned char BYTE; void scroll_up( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster hoch rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x600 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 6, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void scroll_down( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster runter rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x700 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 7, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void set_cur( int zeile, int spalte) /* versetzt den Cursor */ { /* der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; intregs.h.dh = (BYTE)zeile; intregs.h.dl = (BYTE)spalte; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte) /* holt die Cursor- */ { /* Position der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 3; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); *zeile = (unsigned)intregs.h.dh; *spalte = (unsigned)intregs.h.dl; } void cls(void) { scroll_up(0,0,24); /* Gesamten Bildschirm loeschen. */ set_cur(0,0); /* Cursor in Home-Position. */ } int get_screen_page(void) /* Aktuelle Bildschirmseite holen.*/ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 15; /* Subfunktion AH = 15: */ /* Bildschirm-Modus feststellen. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); return (intregs.h.bh); } void set_screen_page(int seite) /* setzt die aktive Seite des */ { /* Bildschirmpuffers auf die */ /* angegebene Seite. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x500 + seite; /* Subfunktion AH = 5 */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- Ein kleines Testprogramm : */ /* #include <stdio.h> int main() { cls(); set_cur(23, 0); printf("Weiter mit <Return>\n"); set_cur(12, 20); printf("Ein Test!\n"); getchar(); scroll_up(3, 5, 20); getchar(); scroll_down(6, 5, 20); getchar(); set_screen_page(1); printf("\nAuf der 2. Seite !\n"); getchar(); set_screen_page(0); set_cur(0,0); printf("\nWieder auf der 1. Seite !\n"); getchar(); cls(); return 0; } */ /* BIO.H --> Enthaelt die Prototypen der BIOS-Funktionen. */ /* --- Funktionen in VIDEO.C --- */ extern void scroll_up(int anzahl, int anf_zeile,int end_zeile); extern void scroll_down(int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile); extern void set_cur(int zeile, int spalte); extern void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte); extern void cls(void); extern int get_screen_page(void); extern void set_screen_page(int page); /* --- Funktionen in GETCB.C / PUTCB.C --- */ extern int getcb(void); extern void putcb(int c); extern void putcb9(int c, unsigned count, unsigned modus); extern void balken(int zeile, int spalte, int laenge, int c, unsigned modus); extern int input(char *puffer, int max,... ); need your help, can't find my mistakes:((

    Read the article

  • Java code optimization on matrix windowing computes in more time

    - by rano
    I have a matrix which represents an image and I need to cycle over each pixel and for each one of those I have to compute the sum of all its neighbors, ie the pixels that belong to a window of radius rad centered on the pixel. I came up with three alternatives: The simplest way, the one that recomputes the window for each pixel The more optimized way that uses a queue to store the sums of the window columns and cycling through the columns of the matrix updates this queue by adding a new element and removing the oldes The even more optimized way that does not need to recompute the queue for each row but incrementally adjusts a previously saved one I implemented them in c++ using a queue for the second method and a combination of deques for the third (I need to iterate through their elements without destructing them) and scored their times to see if there was an actual improvement. it appears that the third method is indeed faster. Then I tried to port the code to Java (and I must admit that I'm not very comfortable with it). I used ArrayDeque for the second method and LinkedLists for the third resulting in the third being inefficient in time. Here is the simplest method in C++ (I'm not posting the java version since it is almost identical): void normalWindowing(int mat[][MAX], int cols, int rows, int rad){ int i, j; int h = 0; for (i = 0; i < rows; ++i) { for (j = 0; j < cols; j++) { h = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { int y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { for (int rx =- rad; rx <= rad; rx++) { int x = j + rx; if (x >= 0 && x < cols) { h += mat[y][x]; } } } } } } } Here is the second method (the one optimized through columns) in C++: void opt1Windowing(int mat[][MAX], int cols, int rows, int rad){ int i, j, h, y, col; queue<int>* q = NULL; for (i = 0; i < rows; ++i) { if (q != NULL) delete(q); q = new queue<int>(); h = 0; for (int rx = 0; rx <= rad; rx++) { if (rx < cols) { int mem = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { mem += mat[y][rx]; } } q->push(mem); h += mem; } } for (j = 1; j < cols; j++) { col = j + rad; if (j - rad > 0) { h -= q->front(); q->pop(); } if (j + rad < cols) { int mem = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { mem += mat[y][col]; } } q->push(mem); h += mem; } } } } And here is the Java version: public static void opt1Windowing(int [][] mat, int rad){ int i, j = 0, h, y, col; int cols = mat[0].length; int rows = mat.length; ArrayDeque<Integer> q = null; for (i = 0; i < rows; ++i) { q = new ArrayDeque<Integer>(); h = 0; for (int rx = 0; rx <= rad; rx++) { if (rx < cols) { int mem = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { mem += mat[y][rx]; } } q.addLast(mem); h += mem; } } j = 0; for (j = 1; j < cols; j++) { col = j + rad; if (j - rad > 0) { h -= q.peekFirst(); q.pop(); } if (j + rad < cols) { int mem = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { mem += mat[y][col]; } } q.addLast(mem); h += mem; } } } } I recognize this post will be a wall of text. Here is the third method in C++: void opt2Windowing(int mat[][MAX], int cols, int rows, int rad){ int i = 0; int j = 0; int h = 0; int hh = 0; deque< deque<int> *> * M = new deque< deque<int> *>(); for (int ry = 0; ry <= rad; ry++) { if (ry < rows) { deque<int> * q = new deque<int>(); M->push_back(q); for (int rx = 0; rx <= rad; rx++) { if (rx < cols) { int val = mat[ry][rx]; q->push_back(val); h += val; } } } } deque<int> * C = new deque<int>(M->front()->size()); deque<int> * Q = new deque<int>(M->front()->size()); deque<int> * R = new deque<int>(M->size()); deque< deque<int> *>::iterator mit; deque< deque<int> *>::iterator mstart = M->begin(); deque< deque<int> *>::iterator mend = M->end(); deque<int>::iterator rit; deque<int>::iterator rstart = R->begin(); deque<int>::iterator rend = R->end(); deque<int>::iterator cit; deque<int>::iterator cstart = C->begin(); deque<int>::iterator cend = C->end(); for (mit = mstart, rit = rstart; mit != mend, rit != rend; ++mit, ++rit) { deque<int>::iterator pit; deque<int>::iterator pstart = (* mit)->begin(); deque<int>::iterator pend = (* mit)->end(); for(cit = cstart, pit = pstart; cit != cend && pit != pend; ++cit, ++pit) { (* cit) += (* pit); (* rit) += (* pit); } } for (i = 0; i < rows; ++i) { j = 0; if (i - rad > 0) { deque<int>::iterator cit; deque<int>::iterator cstart = C->begin(); deque<int>::iterator cend = C->end(); deque<int>::iterator pit; deque<int>::iterator pstart = (M->front())->begin(); deque<int>::iterator pend = (M->front())->end(); for(cit = cstart, pit = pstart; cit != cend; ++cit, ++pit) { (* cit) -= (* pit); } deque<int> * k = M->front(); M->pop_front(); delete k; h -= R->front(); R->pop_front(); } int row = i + rad; if (row < rows && i > 0) { deque<int> * newQ = new deque<int>(); M->push_back(newQ); deque<int>::iterator cit; deque<int>::iterator cstart = C->begin(); deque<int>::iterator cend = C->end(); int rx; int tot = 0; for (rx = 0, cit = cstart; rx <= rad; rx++, ++cit) { if (rx < cols) { int val = mat[row][rx]; newQ->push_back(val); (* cit) += val; tot += val; } } R->push_back(tot); h += tot; } hh = h; copy(C->begin(), C->end(), Q->begin()); for (j = 1; j < cols; j++) { int col = j + rad; if (j - rad > 0) { hh -= Q->front(); Q->pop_front(); } if (j + rad < cols) { int val = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { int y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { val += mat[y][col]; } } hh += val; Q->push_back(val); } } } } And finally its Java version: public static void opt2Windowing(int [][] mat, int rad){ int cols = mat[0].length; int rows = mat.length; int i = 0; int j = 0; int h = 0; int hh = 0; LinkedList<LinkedList<Integer>> M = new LinkedList<LinkedList<Integer>>(); for (int ry = 0; ry <= rad; ry++) { if (ry < rows) { LinkedList<Integer> q = new LinkedList<Integer>(); M.addLast(q); for (int rx = 0; rx <= rad; rx++) { if (rx < cols) { int val = mat[ry][rx]; q.addLast(val); h += val; } } } } int firstSize = M.getFirst().size(); int mSize = M.size(); LinkedList<Integer> C = new LinkedList<Integer>(); LinkedList<Integer> Q = null; LinkedList<Integer> R = new LinkedList<Integer>(); for (int k = 0; k < firstSize; k++) { C.add(0); } for (int k = 0; k < mSize; k++) { R.add(0); } ListIterator<LinkedList<Integer>> mit; ListIterator<Integer> rit; ListIterator<Integer> cit; ListIterator<Integer> pit; for (mit = M.listIterator(), rit = R.listIterator(); mit.hasNext();) { Integer r = rit.next(); int rsum = 0; for (cit = C.listIterator(), pit = (mit.next()).listIterator(); cit.hasNext();) { Integer c = cit.next(); Integer p = pit.next(); rsum += p; cit.set(c + p); } rit.set(r + rsum); } for (i = 0; i < rows; ++i) { j = 0; if (i - rad > 0) { for(cit = C.listIterator(), pit = M.getFirst().listIterator(); cit.hasNext();) { Integer c = cit.next(); Integer p = pit.next(); cit.set(c - p); } M.removeFirst(); h -= R.getFirst(); R.removeFirst(); } int row = i + rad; if (row < rows && i > 0) { LinkedList<Integer> newQ = new LinkedList<Integer>(); M.addLast(newQ); int rx; int tot = 0; for (rx = 0, cit = C.listIterator(); rx <= rad; rx++) { if (rx < cols) { Integer c = cit.next(); int val = mat[row][rx]; newQ.addLast(val); cit.set(c + val); tot += val; } } R.addLast(tot); h += tot; } hh = h; Q = new LinkedList<Integer>(); Q.addAll(C); for (j = 1; j < cols; j++) { int col = j + rad; if (j - rad > 0) { hh -= Q.getFirst(); Q.pop(); } if (j + rad < cols) { int val = 0; for (int ry =- rad; ry <= rad; ry++) { int y = i + ry; if (y >= 0 && y < rows) { val += mat[y][col]; } } hh += val; Q.addLast(val); } } } } I guess that most is due to the poor choice of the LinkedList in Java and to the lack of an efficient (not shallow) copy method between two LinkedList. How can I improve the third Java method? Am I doing some conceptual error? As always, any criticisms is welcome. UPDATE Even if it does not solve the issue, using ArrayLists, as being suggested, instead of LinkedList improves the third method. The second one performs still better (but when the number of rows and columns of the matrix is lower than 300 and the window radius is small the first unoptimized method is the fastest in Java)

    Read the article

  • Address book with C programming; cannot compile my code.

    - by osabri
    I've divided my code into small programs so it can be easy to excute /* ab_error.c : in case of errors following messages will be displayed */ #include "adressbook.h" static char *errormsg[] = { "", "\nNot enough space on disk", "\nCannot open file", "\nCannot read file", "\nCannot write file" }; void check(int error) { switch(error) { case 0: return; case 1: write_file(); case 2: case 3: case 4: system("cls"); fputs(errormsg[error], stderr); exit(error); } } 2nd /* ab_fileio.c : functions for file input/output */ #include "adressbook.h" static char ab_file[] = "ADRESSBOOK.DAT"; //file to save the entries int read_file(void) { int error = 0; FILE *fp; ELEMENT *new_e, *last_e = NULL; DATA buffer; if( (fp = fopen(ab_file, "rb")) == NULL) return -1; //no file found while (fread(&buffer, sizeof(DATA), 1, fp) == 1) //reads one list element after another { if( (new_e = make_element()) == NULL) { error = 1; break; //not enough space } new_e->person = buffer; //copy data to new element new_e->next = NULL; if(hol.first == NULL) //list is empty? hol.first = new_e; //yes else last_e->next = new_e; //no last_e = new_e; ++hol.amount; } if( !error && !feof(fp) ) error = 3; //cannot read file fclose(fp); return error; } /*-------------------------------*/ int write_file(void) { int error = 0; FILE *fp; ELEMENT *p; if( (p = hol.first) == NULL) return 0; //list is empty if( (fp = fopen(ab_file, "wb")) == NULL) return 2; //cannot open while( p!= NULL) { if( fwrite(&p->person, sizeof(DATA), 1, fp) < 1) { error = 4; break; //cannot write } p = p->next; } fclose(fp); return error; } 3rd /* ab_list.c : functions to manipulate the list */ #include "adressbook.h" HOL hol = {0, NULL}; //global definition for head of list /* -------------------- */ ELEMENT *make_element(void) { return (ELEMENT *)malloc( sizeof(ELEMENT) ); } /* -------------------- */ int ins_element( DATA *newdata) { ELEMENT *new_e, *pre_p; if((new_e = make_element()) == NULL) return 1; new_e ->person = *newdata; // copy data to new element pre_p = search(new_e->person.family_name); if(pre_p == NULL) //no person in list { new_e->next = hol.first; //put it to the begin hol.first = new_e; } else { new_e->next = pre_p->next; pre_p->next = new_e; } ++hol.amount; return 0; } int erase_element( char name, char surname ) { return 0; } /* ---------------------*/ ELEMENT *search(char *name) { ELEMENT *sp, *retp; //searchpointer, returnpointer retp = NULL; sp = hol.first; while(sp != NULL && sp->person.family_name != name) { retp = sp; sp = sp->next; } return(retp); } 4th /* ab_screen.c : functions for printing information on screen */ #include "adressbook.h" #include <conio.h> #include <ctype.h> /* standard prompts for in- and output */ static char pgmname[] = "---- Oussama's Adressbook made in splendid C ----"; static char options[] = "\ 1: Enter new adress\n\n\ 2: Delete entry\n\n\ 3: Change entry\n\n\ 4: Print adress\n\n\ Esc: Exit\n\n\n\ Your choice . . .: "; static char prompt[] = "\ Name . . . .:\n\ Surname . . :\n\n\ Street . . .:\n\n\ House number:\n\n\ Postal code :\n\n\ Phone number:"; static char buttons[] = "\ <Esc> = cancel input <Backspace> = correct input\ <Return> = assume"; static char headline[] = "\ Name Surname Street House Postal code Phone number \n\ ------------------------------------------------------------------------"; static char further[] = "\ -------- continue with any key --------"; /* ---------------------------------- */ int menu(void) //show menu and read user input { int c; system ("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(6,0); printf("%s", options); while( (c = getch()) != ESC && (c < '1' || c > '4')) putch('\a'); return c; } /* ---------------------------------- */ int print_adr_book(void) //display adressbook { int line = 1; ELEMENT *p = hol.first; system("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(2,0); puts(headline); set_cur(5,0); while(p != NULL) //run through list and show entries { printf("%5d %-15s ",line, p->person.family_name); printf("%-12s %-15s ", p->person.given_name, p->person.street); printf("%-4d %-5d %-12d\n",p->person.house_number, p->person.postal_code, p->person.phone); p = p->next; if( p == NULL || ++line %16 == 1) //end of list or screen is full { set_cur(24,0); printf("%s",further); if( getch() == ESC) return 0; set_cur(5,0); scroll_up(0,5,24);//puts(headline); } } return 0; } /* -------------------------------------------*/ int make_entry(void) { char cache[50]; DATA newperson; ELEMENT *p; while(1) { system("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(6,0); puts("Please enter new data:"); set_cur(10,0); puts(prompt); set_cur(24,0); printf("%s",buttons); balken(10, 25, MAXL, ' ',0x70); //input name if(input(newperson.family_name, MAXL, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(12,25, MAXL, ' ', 0x70); //surname if(input(newperson.given_name, MAXL, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(14,25, 30, ' ', 0x70); //street if(input(newperson.street, 30, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(16,25, 4, ' ',0x70); //housenumber if(input(cache, 4, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.house_number = atol(cache); //to string balken(18,25, 5, ' ',0x70); //postal code if(input(cache, 5, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.postal_code = atol(cache); //to string balken(20,25, 20, ' ',0x70); //phone number if(input(cache, 20, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.phone = atol(cache); //to string p = search(newperson.phone); if( p!= NULL && p->person.phone == newperson.phone) { set_cur(22,25); puts("phonenumber already exists!"); set_cur(24,0); printf("%s, further"); getch(); continue; } } } 5th /* adress_book_project.c : main program to create an adressbook */ /* copyrights by Oussama Sabri, June 2010 */ #include "adressbook.h" //project header file int main() { int rv, cmd; //return value, user command if ( (rv = read_file() ) == -1) // no data saved yet rv = make_entry(); check(rv); //prompts an error and quits program on disfunction do { switch (cmd = menu())//calls menu and gets user input back { case '1': rv = make_entry(); break; case '2': //delete entry case '3': //changes entry rv = change_entry(cmd); break; case '4': //prints adressbook on screen rv = print_adr_book(); break; case ESC: //end of program system ("cls"); rv = 0; break; } }while(cmd!= ESC); check ( write_file() ); //save adressbook return 0; } 6th /* Getcb.c --> Die Funktion getcb() liefert die naechste * * Tastatureingabe (ruft den BIOS-INT 0x16 auf). * * Return-Wert: * * ASCII-Code bzw. erweiterter Code + 256 */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> int getcb(void) { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 0; // Subfunktion 0: ein Zeichen // von der Tastatur lesen. int86( 0x16, &intregs, &intregs); if( intregs.h.al != 0) // Falls ASCII-Zeichen, return (intregs.h.al); // dieses zurueckgeben. else // Sonst den erweiterten return (intregs.h.ah + 0x100); // Code + 256 } 7th /* PUTCB.C --> enthaelt die Funktionen * * - putcb() * * - putcb9() * * - balken() * * - input() * * * * Es werden die Funktionen 9 und 14 des Video-Interrupts * * (ROM-BIOS-Interrupt 0x10) verwendet. * * * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen stehen in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * putcb(c) gibt das Zeichen auf der aktuellen Cursor-Position * am Bildschirm aus. Der Cursor wird versetzt. * Steuerzeichen Back-Space, CR, LF und BELL werden * ausgefuehrt. * Return-Wert: keiner */ void putcb(unsigned char c) /* Gibt das Zeichen in c auf */ { /* den Bildschirm aus. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 14; /* Subfunktion 14 ("Teletype") */ intregs.h.al = c; intregs.h.bl = 0xf; /* Vordergrund-Farbe im */ /* Grafik-Modus. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * putcb9(c,count,mode) gibt das Zeichen in c count-mal im * angegebenen Modus auf der aktuellen * Cursor-Position am Bildschirm aus. * Der Cursor wird nicht versetzt. * * Return-Wert: keiner */ void putcb9( unsigned char c, /* das Zeichen */ unsigned count, /* die Anzahl */ unsigned mode ) /* Low-Byte: das Atrribut */ { /* High-Byte: die Bildschirmseite*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 9; /* Subfunktion 9 des Int 0x10 */ intregs.h.al = c; intregs.x.bx = mode; intregs.x.cx = count; int86( VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * balken() positioniert den Cursor und zeichnet einen Balken, * wobei Position, L„nge, Fllzeichen und Attribut * als Argumente bergeben werden. * Der Cursor bleibt auf der ersten Position im Balken. */ void balken( unsigned int zeile, /* Start-Position */ unsigned int spalte, unsigned int laenge, /* Laenge des Balkens */ unsigned char c, /* Fuellzeichen */ unsigned int modus) /* Low-Byte: Attribut */ /* High-Byte: Bildschirmseite */ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; /* Cursor auf der angegebenen */ intregs.h.dh = zeile; /* Bildschirmseite versetzen. */ intregs.h.dl = spalte; intregs.h.bh = (modus >> 8); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); putcb9(c, laenge, modus); /* Balken ausgeben. */ } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * input() liest Zeichen von der Tastatur ein und haengt '\0' an. * Mit Backspace kann die Eingabe geloescht werden. * Das Attribut am Bildschirm bleibt erhalten. * * Argumente: 1. Zeiger auf den Eingabepuffer. * 2. Anzahl maximal einzulesender Zeichen. * 3. Die optionalen Argumente: Zeichen, mit denen die * Eingabe abgebrochen werden kann. * Diese Liste muá mit CR = '\r' enden! * Return-Wert: Das Zeichen, mit dem die Eingabe abgebrochen wurde. */ #include <stdarg.h> int getcb( void); /* Zum Lesen der Tastatur */ int input(char *puffer, int max,... ) { int c; /* aktuelles Zeichen */ int breakc; /* Abruchzeichen */ int nc = 0; /* Anzahl eingelesener Zeichen */ va_list argp; /* Zeiger auf die weiteren Arumente */ while(1) { *puffer = '\0'; va_start(argp, max); /* argp initialisieren */ c = getcb(); do /* Mit Zeichen der Abbruchliste vergleichen */ if(c == (breakc = va_arg(argp,int)) ) return(breakc); while( breakc != '\r' ); va_end( argp); if( c == '\b' && nc > 0) /* Backspace? */ { --nc; --puffer; putcb(c); putcb(' '); putcb(c); } else if( c >= 32 && c <= 255 && nc < max ) { ++nc; *puffer++ = c; putcb(c); } else if( nc == max) putcb('\7'); /* Ton ausgeben */ } } 8th /* Video.c --> Enthaelt die Funktionen * cls(), * scroll_up(), scroll_down(), * set_cur(), get_cur(), * set_screen_page(), get_screen_page() * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen befinden sich in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #include "bio.h" #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 typedef unsigned char BYTE; void scroll_up( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster hoch rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x600 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 6, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void scroll_down( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster runter rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x700 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 7, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void set_cur( int zeile, int spalte) /* versetzt den Cursor */ { /* der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; intregs.h.dh = (BYTE)zeile; intregs.h.dl = (BYTE)spalte; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte) /* holt die Cursor- */ { /* Position der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 3; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); *zeile = (unsigned)intregs.h.dh; *spalte = (unsigned)intregs.h.dl; } void cls(void) { scroll_up(0,0,24); /* Gesamten Bildschirm loeschen. */ set_cur(0,0); /* Cursor in Home-Position. */ } int get_screen_page(void) /* Aktuelle Bildschirmseite holen.*/ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 15; /* Subfunktion AH = 15: */ /* Bildschirm-Modus feststellen. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); return (intregs.h.bh); } void set_screen_page(int seite) /* setzt die aktive Seite des */ { /* Bildschirmpuffers auf die */ /* angegebene Seite. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x500 + seite; /* Subfunktion AH = 5 */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- Ein kleines Testprogramm : */ /* #include <stdio.h> int main() { cls(); set_cur(23, 0); printf("Weiter mit <Return>\n"); set_cur(12, 20); printf("Ein Test!\n"); getchar(); scroll_up(3, 5, 20); getchar(); scroll_down(6, 5, 20); getchar(); set_screen_page(1); printf("\nAuf der 2. Seite !\n"); getchar(); set_screen_page(0); set_cur(0,0); printf("\nWieder auf der 1. Seite !\n"); getchar(); cls(); return 0; } */ /* Video.c --> Enthaelt die Funktionen * cls(), * scroll_up(), scroll_down(), * set_cur(), get_cur(), * set_screen_page(), get_screen_page() * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen befinden sich in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #include "bio.h" #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 typedef unsigned char BYTE; void scroll_up( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster hoch rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x600 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 6, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void scroll_down( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster runter rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x700 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 7, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void set_cur( int zeile, int spalte) /* versetzt den Cursor */ { /* der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; intregs.h.dh = (BYTE)zeile; intregs.h.dl = (BYTE)spalte; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte) /* holt die Cursor- */ { /* Position der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 3; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); *zeile = (unsigned)intregs.h.dh; *spalte = (unsigned)intregs.h.dl; } void cls(void) { scroll_up(0,0,24); /* Gesamten Bildschirm loeschen. */ set_cur(0,0); /* Cursor in Home-Position. */ } int get_screen_page(void) /* Aktuelle Bildschirmseite holen.*/ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 15; /* Subfunktion AH = 15: */ /* Bildschirm-Modus feststellen. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); return (intregs.h.bh); } void set_screen_page(int seite) /* setzt die aktive Seite des */ { /* Bildschirmpuffers auf die */ /* angegebene Seite. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x500 + seite; /* Subfunktion AH = 5 */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- Ein kleines Testprogramm : */ /* #include <stdio.h> int main() { cls(); set_cur(23, 0); printf("Weiter mit <Return>\n"); set_cur(12, 20); printf("Ein Test!\n"); getchar(); scroll_up(3, 5, 20); getchar(); scroll_down(6, 5, 20); getchar(); set_screen_page(1); printf("\nAuf der 2. Seite !\n"); getchar(); set_screen_page(0); set_cur(0,0); printf("\nWieder auf der 1. Seite !\n"); getchar(); cls(); return 0; } */ /* BIO.H --> Enthaelt die Prototypen der BIOS-Funktionen. */ /* --- Funktionen in VIDEO.C --- */ extern void scroll_up(int anzahl, int anf_zeile,int end_zeile); extern void scroll_down(int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile); extern void set_cur(int zeile, int spalte); extern void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte); extern void cls(void); extern int get_screen_page(void); extern void set_screen_page(int page); /* --- Funktionen in GETCB.C / PUTCB.C --- */ extern int getcb(void); extern void putcb(int c); extern void putcb9(int c, unsigned count, unsigned modus); extern void balken(int zeile, int spalte, int laenge, int c, unsigned modus); extern int input(char *puffer, int max,... ); need your help, can't find my mistakes:((

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 145 146 147 148 149